GCSE Maths Transformations, Congruence and Similarity (Higher): worked examples and questions with answers
By the end of this chapter you will be able to
- Reflect a shape in the lines x = a, y = b, y = x and y = −x, and describe a reflection fully
- Rotate a shape about any centre through 90°, 180° or 270° and describe a rotation fully
- Translate a shape using a column vector and describe a translation
- Enlarge a shape using a positive or fractional scale factor and a centre, and describe an enlargement
- Describe any single transformation fully, and say what changes and what stays the same
- Higher: use negative scale factors, combine transformations and find invariant points
- Use the conditions SSS, SAS, ASA and RHS to show that triangles are congruent
- Use scale factors to find missing lengths in similar shapes, and use k, k² and k³ for lengths, areas and volumes
You should already know
- Coordinates in all four quadrants (Chapter 12)
- Angle facts and parallel lines (Chapter 17)
- Ratio and scale factors (Chapter 15)
- Area and volume of simple shapes (Chapters 18 and 19)
Where this leads
- Constructions, loci and vectors (Chapter 22)
- Trigonometry and similar triangles (Chapter 20 links back to this chapter)
- Graph transformations (Chapter 25)
- Circle theorems and proof (Chapter 26)
Edexcel GCSE (9–1) Mathematics 1MA1, Higher tier. Content references: G5, G7, G8, G19, R12.
- 21.1 Reflection: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.2 Rotation: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.3 Translation: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.4 Enlargement: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.5 Describing and identifying single transformations: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.6 Combinations of transformations and invariant points: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.7 Congruent shapes and triangles: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.8 Similar shapes and scale factors: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 21.9 Area and volume scale factors: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- Check-up and exam-style questions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
Exercise P Do you remember?
Non-calculatorMethod. Read the x-coordinate first (across), then the y-coordinate (up or down).
- Find A. Start at the origin (0, 0). Go across to the right 2, then up 3.A = (2, 3)
- Find B. Start at the origin. Go across to the left 3 (negative), then down 2 (negative).B = (−3, −2)
Check. Plot (2, 3) and (−3, −2) again and compare with the picture. ✓
Watch out. Across first, then up or down. Left and down are negative.
Method. The angles in a triangle add up to 180°.
- Add the two angles you know. We need to know how much of the 180° has been used.48 + 67 = 115
- Take the total from 180°. What is left is the third angle.180 − 115 = 65°
Check. 48 + 67 + 65 = 180. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget that angles in a triangle add up to 180°, not 360°.
Method. Divide both numbers by the same number until no more division is possible.
- Find the highest common factor of 12 and 30. The biggest number that goes into both.Factors of 12: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
Factors of 30: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30
HCF = 6 - Divide both numbers by 6. Dividing both sides of a ratio by the same number keeps the ratio the same.12 ÷ 6 = 2 and 30 ÷ 6 = 5
Check. 2 × 6 = 12 and 5 × 6 = 30. ✓
Watch out. Divide both numbers, and use the highest common factor to finish in one step.
Method. Area of a rectangle = length × width.
- Write the formula with the numbers. Both lengths are in cm, so the answer is in cm².Area = 6 × 4.5
- Multiply. 6 × 4 = 24 and 6 × 0.5 = 3.24 + 3 = 27 cm2
Check. 4.5 × 6 = 27. ✓
Watch out. Area is measured in square units (cm²), perimeter is not.
Method. Every point on a vertical line has the same x-coordinate.
- Look at the x-coordinate of the point. A vertical line goes straight up and down, so x never changes along it.The point (3, 5) has x = 3
- Write the equation. The equation says what x is on the line.x = 3
Check. Test another point on the line, such as (3, 0) or (3, −2): all have x = 3. ✓
Watch out. Vertical lines are x = a number. Horizontal lines are y = a number.
Reflection
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A transformation changes a shape in some way. The shape we start with is called the object and the new shape is called the image. In this chapter you will meet four transformations: reflection, rotation, translation and enlargement. The first three only move the shape, so the image is exactly the same size and shape as the object. These shapes are called congruent. Enlargement changes the size, so the image is similar to the object but not congruent.
A reflection gives a mirror image. Imagine standing a mirror on the mirror line and looking at the shape in it. Each point of the image is the same distance from the mirror line as the matching point of the object, but on the opposite side. The line joining a point to its image crosses the mirror line at a right angle. That is why the mirror line is exactly half-way between a point and its image.
On a coordinate grid the mirror line is usually one of four kinds of line:
- A vertical line x = a number, such as x = 4. The y-axis is the line x = 0.
- A horizontal line y = a number, such as y = −1. The x-axis is the line y = 0.
- The diagonal y = x, which goes through (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3) and so on.
- The other diagonal y = −x, which goes through (1, −1), (2, −2), (−1, 1) and so on.
For a vertical or horizontal mirror line, count the squares from each vertex to the line, then count the same number of squares on the other side. For the diagonals there is a shortcut, shown in the picture: a reflection in y = x swaps the coordinates, (a, b) → (b, a), and a reflection in y = −x swaps them and changes both signs, (a, b) → (−b, −a). The axes themselves are easy as well: reflecting in the x-axis changes the sign of y, and reflecting in the y-axis changes the sign of x.
Describing a reflection. To describe a reflection fully you must say that it is a reflection and give the equation of the mirror line. To find the line, look at a point and its image: the line is exactly half-way between them. If you have tracing paper, you can also trace the object, flip the tracing paper over and slide it until it lands on the image, then draw along the fold.
Key ideas
- A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The image is the same size and shape (congruent) but a mirror image.
- Each point and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
- Vertical line x = a: the y-coordinate stays the same. Horizontal line y = b: the x-coordinate stays the same.
- In y = x: (a, b) → (b, a). In y = −x: (a, b) → (−b, −a).
- To describe a reflection, give the equation of the mirror line.
- A point on the mirror line is invariant: it does not move.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line x = 5, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line x = 5 is a vertical line: every point on it has x = 5. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a vertical line through x = 5.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a vertical line x = 5, the y-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (sideways), then go the same distance on the other side.(1, 1): 4 left of the line, so the image is 4 right of the line. x = 5 + 4 = 9. Image (9, 1)
(4, 1): 1 left of the line, so the image is 1 right of the line. x = 5 + 1 = 6. Image (6, 1)
(1, 3): 4 left of the line, so the image is 4 right of the line. x = 5 + 4 = 9. Image (9, 3) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (9, 1), (6, 1), (9, 3).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (1, 1) and (9, 1) is (1 + 9) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2 = (5, 1), which lies on the line x = 5. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the y-axis. The line is x = 5, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = −1, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = −1 is a horizontal line: every point on it has y = −1. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a horizontal line through y = −1.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a horizontal line y = −1, the x-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (up or down), then go the same distance on the other side.(1, 2): 3 above the line, so the image is 3 below the line. y = −1 − 3 = −4. Image (1, −4)
(3, 2): 3 above the line, so the image is 3 below the line. y = −1 − 3 = −4. Image (3, −4)
(3, 3): 4 above the line, so the image is 4 below the line. y = −1 − 4 = −5. Image (3, −5)
(2, 3): 4 above the line, so the image is 4 below the line. y = −1 − 4 = −5. Image (2, −5)
(2, 5): 6 above the line, so the image is 6 below the line. y = −1 − 6 = −7. Image (2, −7)
(1, 5): 6 above the line, so the image is 6 below the line. y = −1 − 6 = −7. Image (1, −7) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (1, −4), (3, −4), (3, −5), (2, −5), (2, −7), (1, −7).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (1, 2) and (1, −4) is (1 + 1) ÷ 2, (2 + −4) ÷ 2 = (1, −1), which lies on the line y = −1. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the x-axis. The line is y = −1, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = x, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = x is a diagonal line. Every point on it has the same x and y coordinates (for example (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3)).Draw a straight line through (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2) and (3, 3).
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. A mirror along y = x swaps the two coordinates: the point (a, b) becomes (b, a). This works because the diagonal is the line where the x and y coordinates are equal.(3, 1) → (1, 3)
(5, 1) → (1, 5)
(6, 3) → (3, 6)
(3, 2) → (2, 3) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (1, 3), (1, 5), (3, 6), (2, 3).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (3, 1) and (1, 3) is (3 + 1) ÷ 2, (1 + 3) ÷ 2 = (2, 2), which lies on the line y = x. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in y = x swaps the coordinates; it does not change any signs. (Changing signs is for y = −x.)
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = −x, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = −x is a diagonal line sloping down to the right. Every point on it has y equal to the opposite of x (for example (−2, 2), (−1, 1), (0, 0), (1, −1), (2, −2)).Draw a straight line through (−2, 2), (0, 0) and (2, −2).
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. A mirror along y = −x swaps the coordinates and changes both signs: the point (a, b) becomes (−b, −a). For example (2, 1) goes to (−1, −2).(−4, 1) → (−1, 4)
(−1, 2) → (−2, 1)
(−3, 4) → (−4, 3) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (−1, 4), (−2, 1), (−4, 3).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (−4, 1) and (−1, 4) is (−4 + −1) ÷ 2, (1 + 4) ÷ 2 = (−2.5, 2.5), which lies on the line y = −x. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in y = −x swaps the coordinates and changes both signs. Swapping alone gives a reflection in y = x.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(1, 1) and (11, 1): midpoint = ((1 + 11) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (6, 1)
(4, 1) and (8, 1): midpoint = ((4 + 8) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (6, 1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have x = 6. The points are in a vertical line, so the mirror line is the vertical line x = 6.Mirror line: x = 6
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line x = 6
Check. Reflect (4, 1) in x = 6 and we get (8, 1), which matches (8, 1) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare the areas: 4 square units for A and 4 for B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Compare the coordinates of a vertex and its image. For the diagonal mirror lines y = x and y = −x the coordinates change in a special way.The coordinates have been swapped: (2, 1) became (1, 2).
- Use the midpoint as a check. The mirror line must pass through the midpoint of a point and its image.Midpoint of (2, 1) and (1, 2) = (1.5, 1.5), which lies on y = x.
- Write the equation of the mirror line. A reflection that swaps x and y is a reflection in the line y = x.Mirror line: y = x
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = x
Check. Reflect (5, 2) in y = x and we get (2, 5), which matches (2, 5) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Watch out
Always measure from the mirror line, not from the axes (unless the axis is the mirror line). For a line like x = 4, a point at x = 1 is 3 squares from the line, so its image is at x = 4 + 3 = 7. Also, in y = −x do not forget to change both signs as well as swapping.Exercise 21A Reflection
Non-calculatorKey words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line x = 0, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line x = 0 is a vertical line: every point on it has x = 0. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a vertical line through x = 0.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a vertical line x = 0, the y-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (sideways), then go the same distance on the other side.(2, 2): 2 right of the line, so the image is 2 left of the line. x = 0 − 2 = −2. Image (−2, 2)
(5, 2): 5 right of the line, so the image is 5 left of the line. x = 0 − 5 = −5. Image (−5, 2)
(2, 4): 2 right of the line, so the image is 2 left of the line. x = 0 − 2 = −2. Image (−2, 4) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (−2, 2), (−5, 2), (−2, 4).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 2) and (−2, 2) is (2 + −2) ÷ 2, (2 + 2) ÷ 2 = (0, 2), which lies on the line x = 0. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the y-axis. The line is x = 0, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = 0, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = 0 is a horizontal line: every point on it has y = 0. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a horizontal line through y = 0.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a horizontal line y = 0, the x-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (up or down), then go the same distance on the other side.(2, 2): 2 above the line, so the image is 2 below the line. y = 0 − 2 = −2. Image (2, −2)
(5, 2): 2 above the line, so the image is 2 below the line. y = 0 − 2 = −2. Image (5, −2)
(2, 4): 4 above the line, so the image is 4 below the line. y = 0 − 4 = −4. Image (2, −4) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (2, −2), (5, −2), (2, −4).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 2) and (2, −2) is (2 + 2) ÷ 2, (2 + −2) ÷ 2 = (2, 0), which lies on the line y = 0. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the x-axis. The line is y = 0, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line x = 6, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line x = 6 is a vertical line: every point on it has x = 6. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a vertical line through x = 6.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a vertical line x = 6, the y-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (sideways), then go the same distance on the other side.(2, 2): 4 left of the line, so the image is 4 right of the line. x = 6 + 4 = 10. Image (10, 2)
(5, 2): 1 left of the line, so the image is 1 right of the line. x = 6 + 1 = 7. Image (7, 2)
(2, 4): 4 left of the line, so the image is 4 right of the line. x = 6 + 4 = 10. Image (10, 4) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (10, 2), (7, 2), (10, 4).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 2) and (10, 2) is (2 + 10) ÷ 2, (2 + 2) ÷ 2 = (6, 2), which lies on the line x = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the y-axis. The line is x = 6, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = 6, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = 6 is a horizontal line: every point on it has y = 6. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a horizontal line through y = 6.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a horizontal line y = 6, the x-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (up or down), then go the same distance on the other side.(2, 2): 4 below the line, so the image is 4 above the line. y = 6 + 4 = 10. Image (2, 10)
(5, 2): 4 below the line, so the image is 4 above the line. y = 6 + 4 = 10. Image (5, 10)
(2, 4): 2 below the line, so the image is 2 above the line. y = 6 + 2 = 8. Image (2, 8) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (2, 10), (5, 10), (2, 8).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 2) and (2, 10) is (2 + 2) ÷ 2, (2 + 10) ÷ 2 = (2, 6), which lies on the line y = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the x-axis. The line is y = 6, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = −2, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = −2 is a horizontal line: every point on it has y = −2. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a horizontal line through y = −2.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a horizontal line y = −2, the x-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (up or down), then go the same distance on the other side.(1, 2): 4 above the line, so the image is 4 below the line. y = −2 − 4 = −6. Image (1, −6)
(4, 2): 4 above the line, so the image is 4 below the line. y = −2 − 4 = −6. Image (4, −6)
(3, 4): 6 above the line, so the image is 6 below the line. y = −2 − 6 = −8. Image (3, −8)
(1, 4): 6 above the line, so the image is 6 below the line. y = −2 − 6 = −8. Image (1, −8) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (1, −6), (4, −6), (3, −8), (1, −8).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (1, 2) and (1, −6) is (1 + 1) ÷ 2, (2 + −6) ÷ 2 = (1, −2), which lies on the line y = −2. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the x-axis. The line is y = −2, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line x = −1, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line x = −1 is a vertical line: every point on it has x = −1. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a vertical line through x = −1.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a vertical line x = −1, the y-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (sideways), then go the same distance on the other side.(2, 1): 3 right of the line, so the image is 3 left of the line. x = −1 − 3 = −4. Image (−4, 1)
(4, 1): 5 right of the line, so the image is 5 left of the line. x = −1 − 5 = −6. Image (−6, 1)
(4, 2): 5 right of the line, so the image is 5 left of the line. x = −1 − 5 = −6. Image (−6, 2)
(3, 2): 4 right of the line, so the image is 4 left of the line. x = −1 − 4 = −5. Image (−5, 2)
(3, 4): 4 right of the line, so the image is 4 left of the line. x = −1 − 4 = −5. Image (−5, 4)
(2, 4): 3 right of the line, so the image is 3 left of the line. x = −1 − 3 = −4. Image (−4, 4) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (−4, 1), (−6, 1), (−6, 2), (−5, 2), (−5, 4), (−4, 4).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 1) and (−4, 1) is (2 + −4) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2 = (−1, 1), which lies on the line x = −1. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the y-axis. The line is x = −1, so distances start from there.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = x, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = x is a diagonal line. Every point on it has the same x and y coordinates (for example (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3)).Draw a straight line through (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2) and (3, 3).
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. A mirror along y = x swaps the two coordinates: the point (a, b) becomes (b, a). This works because the diagonal is the line where the x and y coordinates are equal.(2, 1) → (1, 2)
(5, 1) → (1, 5)
(2, 3) → (3, 2) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (1, 2), (1, 5), (3, 2).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 1) and (1, 2) is (2 + 1) ÷ 2, (1 + 2) ÷ 2 = (1.5, 1.5), which lies on the line y = x. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in y = x swaps the coordinates; it does not change any signs. (Changing signs is for y = −x.)
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = −x, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = −x is a diagonal line sloping down to the right. Every point on it has y equal to the opposite of x (for example (−2, 2), (−1, 1), (0, 0), (1, −1), (2, −2)).Draw a straight line through (−2, 2), (0, 0) and (2, −2).
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. A mirror along y = −x swaps the coordinates and changes both signs: the point (a, b) becomes (−b, −a). For example (2, 1) goes to (−1, −2).(2, 1) → (−1, −2)
(4, 1) → (−1, −4)
(5, 3) → (−3, −5)
(2, 2) → (−2, −2) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (−1, −2), (−1, −4), (−3, −5), (−2, −2).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 1) and (−1, −2) is (2 + −1) ÷ 2, (1 + −2) ÷ 2 = (0.5, −0.5), which lies on the line y = −x. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in y = −x swaps the coordinates and changes both signs. Swapping alone gives a reflection in y = x.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y.Reflection in the line y = 0
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(3, −2) → (3, 2 × 0 − (−2)) = (3, 2)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (3, 2)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 0: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 0 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line).Reflection in the line x = 0
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(3, −2) → (2 × 0 − 3, −2) = (−3, −2)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (−3, −2)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Reflecting in y = x swaps the coordinates: (a, b) → (b, a).Reflection in the line y = x
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(3, −2) → (−2, 3)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (−2, 3)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Reflecting in y = −x swaps the coordinates and changes both signs: (a, b) → (−b, −a).Reflection in the line y = −x
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(3, −2) → (2, −3)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (2, −3)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line x = 3, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line x = 3 is a vertical line: every point on it has x = 3. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a vertical line through x = 3.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a vertical line x = 3, the y-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (sideways), then go the same distance on the other side.(1, 1): 2 left of the line, so the image is 2 right of the line. x = 3 + 2 = 5. Image (5, 1)
(4, 2): 1 right of the line, so the image is 1 left of the line. x = 3 − 1 = 2. Image (2, 2)
(2, 4): 1 left of the line, so the image is 1 right of the line. x = 3 + 1 = 4. Image (4, 4) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (5, 1), (2, 2), (4, 4).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (1, 1) and (5, 1) is (1 + 5) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2 = (3, 1), which lies on the line x = 3. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the y-axis. The line is x = 3, so distances start from there.
Method. Check what a reflection in y = x does to the coordinates.
- Recall the rule. A reflection in y = x swaps the two coordinates: (a, b) → (b, a). No signs change.(2, 1) → (1, 2)
- See what Priya did. She swapped the coordinates and changed both signs. That is the rule for a reflection in y = −x.Priya: (2, 1) → (−1, −2)
- Write the correct image. Swap the coordinates of every vertex and change nothing else.(1, 2), (1, 5), (3, 2)
Check. The point (2, 1) is 1 square below the line y = x; its image (1, 2) is 1 square above it. ✓
Watch out. Both diagonals swap the coordinates. Only y = −x also changes the signs.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(1, 1) and (11, 1): midpoint = ((1 + 11) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (6, 1)
(4, 1) and (8, 1): midpoint = ((4 + 8) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (6, 1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have x = 6. The points are in a vertical line, so the mirror line is the vertical line x = 6.Mirror line: x = 6
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line x = 6
Check. Reflect (4, 1) in x = 6 and we get (8, 1), which matches (8, 1) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(1, 2) and (1, −4): midpoint = ((1 + 1) ÷ 2, (2 + −4) ÷ 2) = (1, −1)
(4, 2) and (4, −4): midpoint = ((4 + 4) ÷ 2, (2 + −4) ÷ 2) = (4, −1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have y = −1. The points are in a horizontal line, so the mirror line is the horizontal line y = −1.Mirror line: y = −1
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = −1
Check. Reflect (4, 2) in y = −1 and we get (4, −4), which matches (4, −4) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare the areas: 4 square units for A and 4 for B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Compare the coordinates of a vertex and its image. For the diagonal mirror lines y = x and y = −x the coordinates change in a special way.The coordinates have been swapped and both signs changed: (3, 1) became (−1, −3).
- Use the midpoint as a check. The mirror line must pass through the midpoint of a point and its image.Midpoint of (3, 1) and (−1, −3) = (1, −1), which lies on y = −x.
- Write the equation of the mirror line. A reflection that swaps x and y and changes both signs is a reflection in the line y = −x.Mirror line: y = −x
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = −x
Check. Reflect (6, 2) in y = −x and we get (−2, −6), which matches (−2, −6) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Method. The mirror line is exactly half-way between a point and its image.
- Work out the x-coordinate half-way between 4 and 10. Add the two x-coordinates and halve (the midpoint).(4 + 10) ÷ 2 = 14 ÷ 2 = 7
- Write the equation. The line is vertical (the y-coordinates are equal, so the point moved sideways), so its equation is x = a number.x = 7
Check. P is 7 − 4 = 3 to the left of the line and P′ is 10 − 7 = 3 to the right. ✓
Watch out. Do not say x = 3 or x = 6. Find the midpoint, which is half-way between the two x-values.
Method. Think about what happens to one point, then use it for the whole shape.
- Follow one point. Take the point (1, 2) on A. It is 2 to the left of the line.Reflect in x = 3: (1, 2) → (5, 2) (2 to the right of the line)
- Reflect again. The point (5, 2) is 2 to the right of the line, so its image is 2 to the left of the line.(5, 2) → (1, 2)
- Conclude. The point came back to where it started. The same happens to every point, so the whole shape is back where it started.C is in the same place as A.
Check. A reflection is its own inverse: doing it twice undoes it, like turning a light switch on and off again. ✓
Watch out. Two reflections in the same line cancel. Two reflections in different lines do not (see section 21.6).
Method. A reflection does not change the size or shape of a figure.
- Recall what a reflection preserves. The image is congruent to the object: all lengths, angles and areas are unchanged.Congruent shapes have the same area.
- Write the area. Nothing changes.Area = 18 cm2
Check. Folding along the mirror line would put the two shapes exactly on top of each other. ✓
Watch out. Only enlargements change the size of a shape.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line y = x + 1, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line y = x + 1 is a diagonal line.Draw it through two points that fit the equation.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. Reflect (a, b) in y = x + 1: the new point is (b − 1, a + 1).(1, 2) → (1, 2)
(4, 2) → (1, 5)
(3, 4) → (3, 4)
(1, 4) → (3, 2) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (1, 2), (1, 5), (3, 4), (3, 2).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (4, 2) and (1, 5) is (4 + 1) ÷ 2, (2 + 5) ÷ 2 = (2.5, 3.5), which lies on the line y = x + 1. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in y = x swaps the coordinates; it does not change any signs. (Changing signs is for y = −x.)
Method. A reflection in a line has two features: the line joining a point to its image is at right angles to the mirror line, and the mirror line passes through the midpoint. Check both for (a, b) and (−b, −a).
- Find the midpoint. Add the coordinates and halve.Midpoint = ((a − b) ÷ 2, (b − a) ÷ 2)
- Check the midpoint is on y = −x. The y-coordinate must be the opposite of the x-coordinate.(b − a) ÷ 2 = −(a − b) ÷ 2, so the midpoint is on the line.
- Find the gradient of the line joining the points. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.(−a − b) ÷ (−b − a) = 1 (when a + b is not 0)
- Check the lines are perpendicular. The line y = −x has gradient −1, and 1 × (−1) = −1, so the lines are at right angles.Both features hold, so (−b, −a) is the reflection.
Check. Test with (a, b) = (2, 1): the rule gives (−1, −2). The midpoint is (0.5, −0.5), which is on y = −x. ✓
Watch out. If a + b = 0 the point is on the mirror line already and does not move.
Rotation
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. To describe a rotation fully you must give three things: the angle of the turn, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. Clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move; anticlockwise is the opposite way. A quarter turn is 90°, a half turn is 180° and a three-quarter turn is 270°. A turn of 270° anticlockwise ends up in the same place as a turn of 90° clockwise. A half turn is the same whichever way you go, so for 180° you do not need to give a direction.
How to rotate a shape. The easiest way with tracing paper is to trace the shape, press a pencil point on the centre, and turn the paper. Without tracing paper, use the move from the centre method, which works for every vertex:
- Write the move from the centre C to the vertex (across, then up or down). For example, if C is (1, 2) and the vertex is (4, 3), the move is 3 right and 1 up, which we write (3, 1).
- Turn the move using the rule below.
- Start at C again and follow the turned move. That gives the image of the vertex.
The rules for a move (a, b) from the centre are:
- 90° clockwise: (a, b) → (b, −a)
- 180°: (a, b) → (−a, −b)
- 90° anticlockwise: (a, b) → (−b, a)
Why do they work? Take the move (3, 1): 3 right and 1 up. A quarter turn clockwise makes “right” become “down” and “up” become “right”, so the move becomes 1 right and 3 down, which is (1, −3). If the centre is the origin the move is the coordinates of the point, so you can use the rules directly.
Finding the centre. The centre of rotation is the only point that does not move. Look for it in this order: (1) is a vertex of the shape in the same place on both shapes? Then that vertex is the centre. (2) Is the turn 180°? Then the centre is the midpoint of a vertex and its image. (3) Try the origin. (4) In harder cases, the centre is where the perpendicular bisectors of two lines joining a point to its image cross (Higher; see the last worked example).
Key ideas
- A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point, the centre. Give the angle, the direction and the centre.
- The image is congruent to the object (same size and shape).
- Each point and its image are the same distance from the centre.
- 90° clockwise: (a, b) → (b, −a); 90° anticlockwise: (a, b) → (−b, a); 180°: (a, b) → (−a, −b). The move is measured from the centre.
- 270° anticlockwise = 90° clockwise. A 180° turn needs no direction.
- The centre is the only invariant point of a rotation.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (0, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(1, 1): (1, 1) means 1 right, 1 up
(4, 1): (4, 1) means 4 right, 1 up
(1, 3): (1, 3) means 1 right, 3 up - Turn each move by 90° clockwise. A quarter turn clockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (b, −a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(1, 1) → (1, −1)
(4, 1) → (1, −4)
(1, 3) → (3, −1) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (1, −1) = (1, −1)
C + (1, −4) = (1, −4)
C + (3, −1) = (3, −1) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (1, −1), (1, −4), (3, −1).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (4, 1) and the line from C to its image (1, −4) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (4 × 1) + (1 × −4) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (1, 1)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(1, 1): (0, 0) means no move
(4, 1): (3, 0) means 3 right
(3, 3): (2, 2) means 2 right, 2 up
(1, 3): (0, 2) means 2 up - Turn each move by 90° anticlockwise. A quarter turn anticlockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (−b, a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(0, 0) → (0, 0)
(3, 0) → (0, 3)
(2, 2) → (−2, 2)
(0, 2) → (−2, 0) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (0, 0) = (1, 1)
C + (0, 3) = (1, 4)
C + (−2, 2) = (−1, 3)
C + (−2, 0) = (−1, 1) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (1, 1), (1, 4), (−1, 3), (−1, 1).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (4, 1) and the line from C to its image (1, 4) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (3 × 0) + (0 × 3) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (3, −1)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(1, 1): (−2, 2) means 2 left, 2 up
(4, 2): (1, 3) means 1 right, 3 up
(2, 4): (−1, 5) means 1 left, 5 up - Turn each move by 90° clockwise. A quarter turn clockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (b, −a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(−2, 2) → (2, 2)
(1, 3) → (3, −1)
(−1, 5) → (5, 1) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (2, 2) = (5, 1)
C + (3, −1) = (6, −2)
C + (5, 1) = (8, 0) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (5, 1), (6, −2), (8, 0).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (2, 4) and the line from C to its image (8, 0) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (−1 × 5) + (5 × 1) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (1, 1) from (0, 0) = 12 + 12 = 2
Distance2 of (−1, 1) from (0, 0) = −12 + 12 = 2
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (1, 1) (1 right, 1 up)
From C to (−1, 1): (−1, 1) (1 left, 1 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (0, 0) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (−1, 4), which matches the vertex (−1, 4) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. In a half turn, the centre is exactly half-way between a point and its image. Find the midpoint for two different vertices: they should be the same point.(1, 1) and (7, 5): midpoint (4, 3)
(3, 1) and (5, 5): midpoint (4, 3)
Both midpoints are the same, so the centre is (4, 3). - Find the angle and direction. From C the moves to the vertex and to its image point in exactly opposite directions, so it is a half turn. For a half turn the direction does not matter.From C to (1, 1): (−3, −2); from C to (7, 5): (3, 2). Both signs have changed, so the angle is 180°.
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 180°, centre (4, 3)
Check. Rotate (3, 1) about (4, 3) by 180°: we get (5, 5), which matches the vertex (5, 5) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation using perpendicular bisectors. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. So it lies on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining them (the line at right angles through the midpoint). The centre is where two such bisectors cross.For (1, 1) → (2, 6): the points (x, y) that are equally far from both satisfy x + 5y = 19.
For (4, 1) → (2, 3): the points equally far from both satisfy x − y = 1.
Solving the two equations together gives x = 4, y = 3.
Check in both: 1(4) + 5(3) = 19 ✓; 1(4) + −1(3) = 1 ✓.
The centre is (4, 3). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (−3, −2) (3 left, 2 down)
From C to (2, 6): (−2, 3) (2 left, 3 up)
This matches (a, b) → (b, −a), so the turn is 90° clockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° clockwise, centre (4, 3)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (4, 3) by 90° clockwise: we get (2, 3), which matches the vertex (2, 3) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Watch out
Turn about the centre, which is not always the origin. If the centre is C(3, 2) and a vertex is (5, 3), the move to turn is (2, 1), not (5, 3). Also check clockwise or anticlockwise carefully: a quarter turn the wrong way puts the image on the opposite side of the centre.Exercise 21B Rotation
Non-calculatorKey words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (0, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 2): (2, 2) means 2 right, 2 up
(5, 2): (5, 2) means 5 right, 2 up
(2, 4): (2, 4) means 2 right, 4 up - Turn each move by 90° clockwise. A quarter turn clockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (b, −a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(2, 2) → (2, −2)
(5, 2) → (2, −5)
(2, 4) → (4, −2) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (2, −2) = (2, −2)
C + (2, −5) = (2, −5)
C + (4, −2) = (4, −2) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (2, −2), (2, −5), (4, −2).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (5, 2) and the line from C to its image (2, −5) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (5 × 2) + (2 × −5) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (0, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 2): (2, 2) means 2 right, 2 up
(5, 2): (5, 2) means 5 right, 2 up
(2, 4): (2, 4) means 2 right, 4 up - Turn each move by 180°. A half turn sends every point to the opposite side of C, the same distance away, so both numbers change sign: (a, b) → (−a, −b).(2, 2) → (−2, −2)
(5, 2) → (−5, −2)
(2, 4) → (−2, −4) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (−2, −2) = (−2, −2)
C + (−5, −2) = (−5, −2)
C + (−2, −4) = (−2, −4) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (−2, −2), (−5, −2), (−2, −4).
Check. In a half turn the centre is the midpoint of a point and its image. The midpoint of (5, 2) and (−5, −2) is (0, 0), which is C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (0, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 2): (2, 2) means 2 right, 2 up
(5, 2): (5, 2) means 5 right, 2 up
(2, 4): (2, 4) means 2 right, 4 up - Turn each move by 90° anticlockwise. A quarter turn anticlockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (−b, a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(2, 2) → (−2, 2)
(5, 2) → (−2, 5)
(2, 4) → (−4, 2) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (−2, 2) = (−2, 2)
C + (−2, 5) = (−2, 5)
C + (−4, 2) = (−4, 2) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (−2, 2), (−2, 5), (−4, 2).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (5, 2) and the line from C to its image (−2, 5) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (5 × −2) + (2 × 5) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (0, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 2): (2, 2) means 2 right, 2 up
(5, 2): (5, 2) means 5 right, 2 up
(2, 4): (2, 4) means 2 right, 4 up - Turn each move by 270° clockwise. A quarter turn anticlockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (−b, a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(2, 2) → (−2, 2)
(5, 2) → (−2, 5)
(2, 4) → (−4, 2) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (−2, 2) = (−2, 2)
C + (−2, 5) = (−2, 5)
C + (−4, 2) = (−4, 2) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (−2, 2), (−2, 5), (−4, 2).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (5, 2) and the line from C to its image (−2, 5) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (5 × −2) + (2 × 5) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (3, 2)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(1, 1): (−2, −1) means 2 left, 1 down
(4, 2): (1, 0) means 1 right
(2, 4): (−1, 2) means 1 left, 2 up - Turn each move by 180°. A half turn sends every point to the opposite side of C, the same distance away, so both numbers change sign: (a, b) → (−a, −b).(−2, −1) → (2, 1)
(1, 0) → (−1, 0)
(−1, 2) → (1, −2) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (2, 1) = (5, 3)
C + (−1, 0) = (2, 2)
C + (1, −2) = (4, 0) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (5, 3), (2, 2), (4, 0).
Check. In a half turn the centre is the midpoint of a point and its image. The midpoint of (1, 1) and (5, 3) is (3, 2), which is C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (1, 2)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 1): (1, −1) means 1 right, 1 down
(4, 1): (3, −1) means 3 right, 1 down
(4, 2): (3, 0) means 3 right
(3, 2): (2, 0) means 2 right
(3, 4): (2, 2) means 2 right, 2 up
(2, 4): (1, 2) means 1 right, 2 up - Turn each move by 90° anticlockwise. A quarter turn anticlockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (−b, a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(1, −1) → (1, 1)
(3, −1) → (1, 3)
(3, 0) → (0, 3)
(2, 0) → (0, 2)
(2, 2) → (−2, 2)
(1, 2) → (−2, 1) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (1, 1) = (2, 3)
C + (1, 3) = (2, 5)
C + (0, 3) = (1, 5)
C + (0, 2) = (1, 4)
C + (−2, 2) = (−1, 4)
C + (−2, 1) = (−1, 3) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (2, 3), (2, 5), (1, 5), (1, 4), (−1, 4), (−1, 3).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (4, 1) and the line from C to its image (2, 5) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (3 × 1) + (−1 × 3) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (4, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(1, 1): (−3, 1) means 3 left, 1 up
(4, 1): (0, 1) means 1 up
(3, 3): (−1, 3) means 1 left, 3 up
(1, 3): (−3, 3) means 3 left, 3 up - Turn each move by 90° clockwise. A quarter turn clockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (b, −a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(−3, 1) → (1, 3)
(0, 1) → (1, 0)
(−1, 3) → (3, 1)
(−3, 3) → (3, 3) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (1, 3) = (5, 3)
C + (1, 0) = (5, 0)
C + (3, 1) = (7, 1)
C + (3, 3) = (7, 3) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (5, 3), (5, 0), (7, 1), (7, 3).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (1, 3) and the line from C to its image (7, 3) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (−3 × 3) + (3 × 3) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (b, −a), then add the centre back on.Rotation of 90° clockwise about (0, 0)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (1, −4) → (1, −4)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (1, −4)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (−a, −b), then add the centre back on.Rotation of 180° about (0, 0)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (−4, −1) → (−4, −1)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (−4, −1)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (−b, a), then add the centre back on.Rotation of 90° anticlockwise about (0, 0)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (−1, 4) → (−1, 4)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (−1, 4)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (b, −a), then add the centre back on.Rotation of 270° anticlockwise about (0, 0)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (1, −4) → (1, −4)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (1, −4)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Rotate about (1, 1): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (−b, a), then add the centre back on.Rotation of 90° anticlockwise about (1, 1)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(2, 3): move from centre (1, 2) → turned (−2, 1) → (−1, 2)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (−1, 2)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (1, 1)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 2): (1, 1) means 1 right, 1 up
(4, 2): (3, 1) means 3 right, 1 up
(5, 4): (4, 3) means 4 right, 3 up
(2, 3): (1, 2) means 1 right, 2 up - Turn each move by 90° clockwise. A quarter turn clockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (b, −a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(1, 1) → (1, −1)
(3, 1) → (1, −3)
(4, 3) → (3, −4)
(1, 2) → (2, −1) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (1, −1) = (2, 0)
C + (1, −3) = (2, −2)
C + (3, −4) = (4, −3)
C + (2, −1) = (3, 0) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (2, 0), (2, −2), (4, −3), (3, 0).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (5, 4) and the line from C to its image (4, −3) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (4 × 3) + (3 × −4) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (1, 1) from (0, 0) = 12 + 12 = 2
Distance2 of (1, −1) from (0, 0) = 12 + −12 = 2
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (1, 1) (1 right, 1 up)
From C to (1, −1): (1, −1) (1 right, 1 down)
This matches (a, b) → (b, −a), so the turn is 90° clockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° clockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (0, 0) by 90° clockwise: we get (1, −4), which matches the vertex (1, −4) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare the areas: 4 square units for A and 4 for B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. In a half turn, the centre is exactly half-way between a point and its image. Find the midpoint for two different vertices: they should be the same point.(2, 2) and (−2, −2): midpoint (0, 0)
(5, 3) and (−5, −3): midpoint (0, 0)
Both midpoints are the same, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. From C the moves to the vertex and to its image point in exactly opposite directions, so it is a half turn. For a half turn the direction does not matter.From C to (2, 2): (2, 2); from C to (−2, −2): (−2, −2). Both signs have changed, so the angle is 180°.
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 180°, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (5, 3) about (0, 0) by 180°: we get (−5, −3), which matches the vertex (−5, −3) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre of rotation is the only point that does not move. A vertex that is in the same place on the object and the image must be the centre.The vertex (1, 1) is in the same place on A and B, so the centre is (1, 1).
- Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (0, 0) (no move)
From C to (1, 1): (0, 0) (no move)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (1, 1)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (1, 1) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (1, 4), which matches the vertex (1, 4) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. In a half turn, the centre is exactly half-way between a point and its image. Find the midpoint for two different vertices: they should be the same point.(2, 1) and (4, 3): midpoint (3, 2)
(4, 1) and (2, 3): midpoint (3, 2)
Both midpoints are the same, so the centre is (3, 2). - Find the angle and direction. From C the moves to the vertex and to its image point in exactly opposite directions, so it is a half turn. For a half turn the direction does not matter.From C to (2, 1): (−1, −1); from C to (4, 3): (1, 1). Both signs have changed, so the angle is 180°.
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 180°, centre (3, 2)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (3, 2) by 180°: we get (2, 3), which matches the vertex (2, 3) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Method. Use the rule for a clockwise quarter turn about the origin: (a, b) → (b, −a).
- Apply the rule. For (3, 1) we have a = 3 and b = 1.(3, 1) → (1, −3)
- Compare with Ben. Ben’s answer (−1, 3) uses the rule (a, b) → (−b, a), which is the rule for 90° anticlockwise.Ben turned the wrong way.
- Think about it with a picture. (3, 1) is to the right of the origin. Turning clockwise, the point swings down, to the bottom right. (1, −3) is in the bottom right; (−1, 3) is in the top left.Correct image: (1, −3)
Check. Distance check: 32 + 12 = 10 and 12 + (−3)2 = 10, so both points are the same distance from O. ✓
Watch out. Clockwise means the way a clock’s hands go. Sketch the point and swing it round to check.
Method. Compare the coordinates of P and P′ with the three turning rules.
- Write the point and its image. The centre is the origin, so the coordinates are the moves from the centre.(2, 5) → (5, −2)
- Match the rule. (a, b) → (b, −a) is the rule for 90° clockwise. Here a = 2 and b = 5, so (b, −a) = (5, −2).This matches.
- Write the description. Give angle, direction and centre.Rotation, 90° clockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotating (2, 5) 90° anticlockwise would give (−5, 2), which is not P′. ✓
Watch out. A full description needs all three: angle, direction, centre.
Method. Do the two quarter turns one after the other and compare the answer with a half turn.
- First 90° clockwise. (a, b) → (b, −a).(3, 1) → (1, −3)
- Second 90° clockwise. Use the same rule on the new point.(1, −3) → (−3, −1)
- Half turn. (a, b) → (−a, −b).(3, 1) → (−3, −1)
- Compare. Both routes end at (−3, −1), so two quarter turns make a half turn.The results are the same.
Check. Quarter turn + quarter turn = 90° + 90° = 180°. ✓
Watch out. One example shows that it works for this point. For a proof, use (a, b) → (b, −a) → (−a, −b).
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation using perpendicular bisectors. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. So it lies on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining them (the line at right angles through the midpoint). The centre is where two such bisectors cross.For (−3, 1) → (0, 6): the points (x, y) that are equally far from both satisfy 3x + 5y = 13.
For (0, 1) → (0, 3): the points equally far from both satisfy y = 2.
Solving the two equations together gives x = 1, y = 2.
Check in both: 3(1) + 5(2) = 13 ✓; 0(1) + 1(2) = 2 ✓.
The centre is (1, 2). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (−3, 1): (−4, −1) (4 left, 1 down)
From C to (0, 6): (−1, 4) (1 left, 4 up)
This matches (a, b) → (b, −a), so the turn is 90° clockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° clockwise, centre (1, 2)
Check. Rotate (0, 1) about (1, 2) by 90° clockwise: we get (0, 3), which matches the vertex (0, 3) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare the areas: 4 square units for A and 4 for B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation using perpendicular bisectors. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. So it lies on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining them (the line at right angles through the midpoint). The centre is where two such bisectors cross.For (1, 2) → (−1, 4): the points (x, y) that are equally far from both satisfy x − y = −3.
For (4, 3) → (−2, 7): the points equally far from both satisfy 3x − 2y = −7.
Solving the two equations together gives x = −1, y = 2.
Check in both: 1(−1) + −1(2) = −3 ✓; 3(−1) + −2(2) = −7 ✓.
The centre is (−1, 2). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 2): (2, 0) (2 right)
From C to (−1, 4): (0, 2) (2 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (−1, 2)
Check. Rotate (4, 3) about (−1, 2) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (−2, 7), which matches the vertex (−2, 7) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Method. Let C = (c, d). A clockwise quarter turn about C changes the move (a, b) from C into (b, −a). Write this for P and P′ to get two equations.
- Write the move from C to P and the move from C to P′. Move = point − centre.C to P: (3 − c, 4 − d)
C to P′: (6 − c, 1 − d) - Apply the clockwise rule to the first move. (a, b) → (b, −a), so the turned move is (4 − d, −(3 − c)).Turned move: (4 − d, c − 3)
- Match it with the move to P′. The turned move must equal C to P′.6 − c = 4 − d → d − c = −2
1 − d = c − 3 → c + d = 4 - Solve the two equations. Add them: (d − c) + (c + d) = −2 + 4, so 2d = 2.d = 1, then c = 4 − 1 = 3
C = (3, 1)
Check. From C(3, 1): the move to P is (0, 3). Turning 90° clockwise gives (3, 0), and (3, 1) + (3, 0) = (6, 1) = P′. ✓
Watch out. Write moves as “point minus centre”, never “centre minus point”, or the signs go wrong.
Translation
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A translation slides a shape from one place to another. The shape is not turned, not flipped and not resized: every point moves the same distance in the same direction. We describe a translation with a column vector, which is two numbers written one above the other in brackets.
−2: 4 to the right and 2 down. Every vertex moves the same way.
In a column vector a
b:
- the top number is the move across (the x-direction): positive means right, negative means left;
- the bottom number is the move up or down (the y-direction): positive means up, negative means down.
So −3
2 means 3 left and 2 up. To translate a point, add the top number to its x-coordinate and the bottom number to its y-coordinate. For example, (5, 1) translated by −3
2 is (5 − 3, 1 + 2) = (2, 3).
Describing a translation. Choose any vertex and its image, then work out image − object for the x-coordinates (top number) and for the y-coordinates (bottom number). To undo a translation, use the opposite vector: the inverse of 4
−2 is −4
2.
Key ideas
- A translation slides a shape. The image is congruent to the object and faces the same way.
- A column vector a
b means a across (right if positive) and b up/down (up if positive). - Image point = object point + vector. Vector = image − object.
- The vector that undoes a translation is the opposite vector (change both signs).
- A translation has no invariant points.
3. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of the image B. A has vertices at (1, 1), (4, 1), (1, 3).
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.4
3 means 4 right, 3 up. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(1, 1) → (1 + 4, 1 + 3) = (5, 4)
(4, 1) → (4 + 4, 1 + 3) = (8, 4)
(1, 3) → (1 + 4, 3 + 3) = (5, 6) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (5, 4), (8, 4), (5, 6).
Check. Undo the translation: take 4
3 away from (5, 4) and we get back to (5 − 4, 4 − 3) = (1, 1). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
−4. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of the image B. A has vertices at (5, 4), (7, 4), (7, 5), (6, 5), (6, 7), (5, 7).
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.−5
−4 means 5 left, 4 down. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(5, 4) → (5 − 5, 4 − 4) = (0, 0)
(7, 4) → (7 − 5, 4 − 4) = (2, 0)
(7, 5) → (7 − 5, 5 − 4) = (2, 1)
(6, 5) → (6 − 5, 5 − 4) = (1, 1)
(6, 7) → (6 − 5, 7 − 4) = (1, 3)
(5, 7) → (5 − 5, 7 − 4) = (0, 3) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (0, 0), (2, 0), (2, 1), (1, 1), (1, 3), (0, 3).
Check. Undo the translation: take −5
−4 away from (0, 0) and we get back to (0 + 5, 0 + 4) = (5, 4). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A translation only slides the shape. If the shape had turned, its sides would no longer be parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B faces the same way as A, and every side is parallel to its original. So the transformation is a translation. - Pick a vertex and its image. Every point moves by the same amount, so one vertex is enough to find the move.(1, 1) → (4, −3)
- Find the move across and the move up or down. Subtract the x-coordinates, then the y-coordinates (image − object). Positive means right/up, negative means left/down.Across: 4 − 1 = 3 (3 right)
Up/down: −3 − 1 = −4 (4 down) - Write the move as a column vector. The across move goes on top and the up/down move goes underneath.Translation by 3
−4 - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Translation by 3
−4
Check. Test another vertex: (4, 1) + 3
−4 = (7, −3), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. Write the vector as across on top, up/down underneath, and take image − object, not the other way round.
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. The vector is the image coordinates minus the object coordinates.
- Find the move across. Image x minus object x. A negative answer means left.−1 − 2 = −3 (3 left)
- Find the move up or down. Image y minus object y. A negative answer means down.1 − 5 = −4 (4 down)
- Write the column vector. Across on the top, up/down underneath.−3
−4
Check. Add the vector to P: (2 − 3, 5 − 4) = (−1, 1) = P′. ✓
Watch out. Take away the object from the image, not the other way round.
2. B is then translated by −1
4 to give shape C. Write down the single vector that maps A to C.
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. Two translations one after the other are the same as one translation whose vector is the sum of the two vectors.
- Add the top numbers. The total move across is the sum of the two moves across.3 + (−1) = 2
- Add the bottom numbers. The total move up is the sum of the two moves up.2 + 4 = 6
- Write the single vector. 2
6
Check. Start at (0, 0): move 3
2 to (3, 2), then −1
4 to (2, 6), which is the same as one move of 2
6. ✓
Watch out. You can add vectors in either order: translations are one of the few transformations where the order does not matter.
Watch out
Do not mix up the two numbers. The top number is across (x); the bottom number is up/down (y). A column vector with a negative top number moves the shape to the left, and a negative bottom number moves it down.Exercise 21C Translation
Non-calculator2
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.3
2 means 3 right, 2 up. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(2, 2) → (2 + 3, 2 + 2) = (5, 4)
(5, 2) → (5 + 3, 2 + 2) = (8, 4)
(2, 4) → (2 + 3, 4 + 2) = (5, 6) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (5, 4), (8, 4), (5, 6).
Check. Undo the translation: take 3
2 away from (5, 4) and we get back to (5 − 3, 4 − 2) = (2, 2). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
0
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.−4
0 means 4 left. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(2, 2) → (2 − 4, 2 + 0) = (−2, 2)
(5, 2) → (5 − 4, 2 + 0) = (1, 2)
(2, 4) → (2 − 4, 4 + 0) = (−2, 4) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (−2, 2), (1, 2), (−2, 4).
Check. Undo the translation: take −4
0 away from (−2, 2) and we get back to (−2 + 4, 2 − 0) = (2, 2). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
−5
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.0
−5 means 5 down. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(2, 2) → (2 + 0, 2 − 5) = (2, −3)
(5, 2) → (5 + 0, 2 − 5) = (5, −3)
(2, 4) → (2 + 0, 4 − 5) = (2, −1) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (2, −3), (5, −3), (2, −1).
Check. Undo the translation: take 0
−5 away from (2, −3) and we get back to (2 − 0, −3 + 5) = (2, 2). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
4
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.−3
4 means 3 left, 4 up. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(2, 2) → (2 − 3, 2 + 4) = (−1, 6)
(5, 2) → (5 − 3, 2 + 4) = (2, 6)
(2, 4) → (2 − 3, 4 + 4) = (−1, 8) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (−1, 6), (2, 6), (−1, 8).
Check. Undo the translation: take −3
4 away from (−1, 6) and we get back to (−1 + 3, 6 − 4) = (2, 2). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
−4. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of the image B. A has vertices at (1, 1), (4, 1), (3, 3), (1, 3).
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.3
−4 means 3 right, 4 down. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(1, 1) → (1 + 3, 1 − 4) = (4, −3)
(4, 1) → (4 + 3, 1 − 4) = (7, −3)
(3, 3) → (3 + 3, 3 − 4) = (6, −1)
(1, 3) → (1 + 3, 3 − 4) = (4, −1) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (4, −3), (7, −3), (6, −1), (4, −1).
Check. Undo the translation: take 3
−4 away from (4, −3) and we get back to (4 − 3, −3 + 4) = (1, 1). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
−5. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of the image B. A has vertices at (6, 5), (8, 5), (8, 6), (7, 6), (7, 8), (6, 8).
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.−4
−5 means 4 left, 5 down. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(6, 5) → (6 − 4, 5 − 5) = (2, 0)
(8, 5) → (8 − 4, 5 − 5) = (4, 0)
(8, 6) → (8 − 4, 6 − 5) = (4, 1)
(7, 6) → (7 − 4, 6 − 5) = (3, 1)
(7, 8) → (7 − 4, 8 − 5) = (3, 3)
(6, 8) → (6 − 4, 8 − 5) = (2, 3) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (2, 0), (4, 0), (4, 1), (3, 1), (3, 3), (2, 3).
Check. Undo the translation: take −4
−5 away from (2, 0) and we get back to (2 + 4, 0 + 5) = (6, 5). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
−5. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of the image B. A has vertices at (1, 5), (4, 6), (2, 8).
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.6
−5 means 6 right, 5 down. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(1, 5) → (1 + 6, 5 − 5) = (7, 0)
(4, 6) → (4 + 6, 6 − 5) = (10, 1)
(2, 8) → (2 + 6, 8 − 5) = (8, 3) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (7, 0), (10, 1), (8, 3).
Check. Undo the translation: take 6
−5 away from (7, 0) and we get back to (7 − 6, 0 + 5) = (1, 5). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
4
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Add 3 to every x and 4 to every y.Translation by 3
4 - Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(2, −1) → (2 + 3, (−1) + 4) = (5, 3)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (5, 3)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
2
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Add −5 to every x and 2 to every y.Translation by −5
2 - Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(2, −1) → (2 + (−5), (−1) + 2) = (−3, 1)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (−3, 1)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
−6
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Add 0 to every x and −6 to every y.Translation by 0
−6 - Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(2, −1) → (2 + 0, (−1) + (−6)) = (2, −7)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (2, −7)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
−3
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Add −2 to every x and −3 to every y.Translation by −2
−3 - Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(2, −1) → (2 + (−2), (−1) + (−3)) = (0, −4)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (0, −4)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
2
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A translation only slides the shape. If the shape had turned, its sides would no longer be parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B faces the same way as A, and every side is parallel to its original. So the transformation is a translation. - Pick a vertex and its image. Every point moves by the same amount, so one vertex is enough to find the move.(1, 1) → (6, 3)
- Find the move across and the move up or down. Subtract the x-coordinates, then the y-coordinates (image − object). Positive means right/up, negative means left/down.Across: 6 − 1 = 5 (5 right)
Up/down: 3 − 1 = 2 (2 up) - Write the move as a column vector. The across move goes on top and the up/down move goes underneath.Translation by 5
2 - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Translation by 5
2
Check. Test another vertex: (4, 1) + 5
2 = (9, 3), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. Write the vector as across on top, up/down underneath, and take image − object, not the other way round.
3
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A translation only slides the shape. If the shape had turned, its sides would no longer be parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B faces the same way as A, and every side is parallel to its original. So the transformation is a translation. - Pick a vertex and its image. Every point moves by the same amount, so one vertex is enough to find the move.(7, 1) → (1, 4)
- Find the move across and the move up or down. Subtract the x-coordinates, then the y-coordinates (image − object). Positive means right/up, negative means left/down.Across: 1 − 7 = −6 (6 left)
Up/down: 4 − 1 = 3 (3 up) - Write the move as a column vector. The across move goes on top and the up/down move goes underneath.Translation by −6
3 - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Translation by −6
3
Check. Test another vertex: (10, 1) + −6
3 = (4, 4), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. Write the vector as across on top, up/down underneath, and take image − object, not the other way round.
−4
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A translation only slides the shape. If the shape had turned, its sides would no longer be parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B faces the same way as A, and every side is parallel to its original. So the transformation is a translation. - Pick a vertex and its image. Every point moves by the same amount, so one vertex is enough to find the move.(1, 5) → (5, 1)
- Find the move across and the move up or down. Subtract the x-coordinates, then the y-coordinates (image − object). Positive means right/up, negative means left/down.Across: 5 − 1 = 4 (4 right)
Up/down: 1 − 5 = −4 (4 down) - Write the move as a column vector. The across move goes on top and the up/down move goes underneath.Translation by 4
−4 - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Translation by 4
−4
Check. Test another vertex: (3, 5) + 4
−4 = (7, 1), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. Write the vector as across on top, up/down underneath, and take image − object, not the other way round.
4
Method. Vector = image − object.
- Across. Image x minus object x.4 − 1 = 3
- Up/down. Image y minus object y.6 − 2 = 4
- Write the vector. 3
4
Check. (1 + 3, 2 + 4) = (4, 6). ✓
Watch out. Image minus object.
0
Method. Vector = image − object.
- Across. Image x minus object x.2 − 5 = −3
- Up/down. Image y minus object y.3 − 3 = 0
- Write the vector. −3
0
Check. (5 − 3, 3 + 0) = (2, 3). ✓
Watch out. A bottom number of 0 means no vertical move.
−5
Method. Vector = image − object.
- Across. Image x minus object x.1 − (−2) = 1 + 2 = 3
- Up/down. Image y minus object y.−1 − 4 = −5
- Write the vector. 3
−5
Check. (−2 + 3, 4 − 5) = (1, −1). ✓
Watch out. Subtracting a negative number adds.
−3 to give shape B. What is the column vector of the translation that takes B back to A?
3
Method. To undo a move, go the opposite way: use the same numbers with the signs changed.
- Write the original move. B is 4 right and 3 down from A.4
−3 = 4 right, 3 down - Reverse it. To get back we go 4 left and 3 up.−4
3
Check. Add the two vectors: (4 + (−4), −3 + 3) = (0, 0), so there is no overall move. ✓
Watch out. The inverse vector has both signs changed, not just one.
3 moves a shape 3 to the right and 2 up.” Explain what is wrong with Tom’s answer.
Method. Read the column vector in the right order: the top number is the x move and the bottom number is the y move.
- Read the top number. The top number is 2: that is the move across. Positive means right.2 to the right
- Read the bottom number. The bottom number is 3: that is the move up. Positive means up.3 up
- Say what Tom did. Tom swapped the numbers.Correct: 2 right and 3 up
Check. (0, 0) translated by 2
3 is (2, 3): 2 across and 3 up. ✓
Watch out. Across first (like x before y).
2 and then by −5
1. Work out where the robot finishes, and the single translation vector from the start to the finish.
3
Method. Do the first move, then the second move, and compare the finish with the start.
- First move. Add the vector to the start point.(1 + 3, 1 + 2) = (4, 3)
- Second move. Add the second vector to the new point.(4 − 5, 3 + 1) = (−1, 4)
- Find the single vector. Finish minus start.(−1 − 1, 4 − 1) = (−2, 3), which is −2
3
Check. Add the two vectors: (3 + (−5), 2 + 1) = (−2, 3). ✓
Watch out. Add the vectors, or follow each move in turn; both give the same answer.
Method. First find the vector of the translation, then add it to the new point.
- Find the vector. Image minus object.(7 − 2, −3 − 1) = (5, −4), which is 5
−4 - Add the vector to (−1, 4). Every point moves by the same vector.(−1 + 5, 4 − 4) = (4, 0)
Check. Subtract the vector from (4, 0): (4 − 5, 0 + 4) = (−1, 4). ✓
Watch out. The vector comes from the first pair of points only; use it for the second point.
2 followed by a translation by −1
4 gives the same final position as the translations done in the opposite order. Start at (0, 0).
Method. Work out the finish for each order.
- Order 1. (0, 0) → 3
2 → (3, 2) → −1
4 → (2, 6) - Order 2. (0, 0) → −1
4 → (−1, 4) → 3
2 → (2, 6) - Compare. Both finish at the same point.Both finish at (2, 6).
Check. 3 + (−1) = 2 and 2 + 4 = 6 whichever order we add. ✓
Watch out. Adding numbers can be done in either order, which is why the order of two translations does not matter.
0, which means no move at all
Method. A translation moves every point by the same vector. Think about which vectors leave a point where it started.
- Consider a point. For a point to be mapped to itself, we add 0 to its x-coordinate and 0 to its y-coordinate.Vector = 0
0 - Consider the shape. If every vertex does not move, then the shape does not move.The translation is “do nothing”.
- Conclude. If the vector is not zero, every point moves, and a bounded shape cannot return to the same place.Only the zero vector maps a shape onto itself.
Check. Try 1
0 on a square: the square moves one unit to the right, so it is not in the same place. ✓
Watch out. A reflection or rotation can map a symmetric shape onto itself; a translation cannot.
Enlargement
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
An enlargement changes the size of a shape but keeps its shape. Every length is multiplied by the same number, called the scale factor, and the angles do not change. The image is similar to the object (not congruent, unless the scale factor is 1). To describe an enlargement fully you give the scale factor and the centre of enlargement.
The centre is the fixed point that distances are measured from. Take any vertex, draw a straight line from the centre through the vertex, and extend it so that the distance from the centre is multiplied by the scale factor. For a scale factor of 2, the image vertex is twice as far from the centre as the object vertex, on the same line. On a grid it is easiest to count: if a vertex is 3 right and 1 up from the centre, then for a scale factor of 2 the image is 6 right and 2 up from the centre.
Fractional scale factors. A scale factor between 0 and 1, such as 12 or 13, makes the shape smaller. This is still called an enlargement. For a scale factor of 12, every distance from the centre is halved. If a vertex is 6 right and 4 up from the centre, its image is 3 right and 2 up from the centre. The image is closer to the centre than the object.
Describing an enlargement. To find the scale factor, divide a length on the image by the matching length on the object. To find the centre, draw a straight line through each vertex of the object and its image; the lines cross at the centre. Remember that a fractional scale factor still makes an enlargement.
Negative scale factors (Higher). With a negative scale factor the image is on the opposite side of the centre, and turned upside down. The size of the number gives the stretch, and the minus sign sends each point through the centre to the other side. For a scale factor of −2 a vertex that is 3 right and 1 up from the centre goes to the point 6 left and 2 down from the centre.
Key ideas
- An enlargement changes the size of a shape, not its shape. Angles stay the same.
- To enlarge, multiply the distance from the centre of enlargement to each vertex by the scale factor.
- Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.
- A scale factor between 0 and 1 makes the shape smaller (still an enlargement).
- Higher: a negative scale factor puts the image on the opposite side of the centre.
- The centre of enlargement is the only invariant point.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(1, 1): (1, 1) = 1 right, 1 up
(4, 1): (4, 1) = 4 right, 1 up
(1, 3): (1, 3) = 1 right, 3 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 2. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 2.(1, 1) × 2 = (2, 2)
(4, 1) × 2 = (8, 2)
(1, 3) × 2 = (2, 6) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (2, 2) = (2, 2)
C + (8, 2) = (8, 2)
C + (2, 6) = (2, 6) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (2, 2), (8, 2), (2, 6).
Check. Compare one side: it is 3 in A and 6 in B, and 3 × 2 = 6 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (1, 1)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(1, 1): (0, 0) = no move
(4, 1): (3, 0) = 3 right
(3, 3): (2, 2) = 2 right, 2 up
(1, 3): (0, 2) = 2 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 2. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 2.(0, 0) × 2 = (0, 0)
(3, 0) × 2 = (6, 0)
(2, 2) × 2 = (4, 4)
(0, 2) × 2 = (0, 4) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (0, 0) = (1, 1)
C + (6, 0) = (7, 1)
C + (4, 4) = (5, 5)
C + (0, 4) = (1, 5) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (1, 1), (7, 1), (5, 5), (1, 5).
Check. Compare one side: it is 3 in A and 6 in B, and 3 × 2 = 6 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 12 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 12, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(2, 2): (2, 2) = 2 right, 2 up
(8, 2): (8, 2) = 8 right, 2 up
(2, 6): (2, 6) = 2 right, 6 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 12. The image is smaller, so each distance from C is multiplied by 12.(2, 2) × 12 = (1, 1)
(8, 2) × 12 = (4, 1)
(2, 6) × 12 = (1, 3) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (1, 1) = (1, 1)
C + (4, 1) = (4, 1)
C + (1, 3) = (1, 3) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (1, 1), (4, 1), (1, 3).
Check. Compare one side: it is 6 in A and 3 in B, and 6 × 12 = 3 = 3. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A scale factor between 0 and 1 makes the shape smaller; it is still called an enlargement.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 6 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 3 and the matching side of B is 6.
6 ÷ 3 = 2 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is larger than A.Scale factor = 2
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (1, 1) and (2, 2): y = x
Line through (4, 1) and (8, 2): y = 0.25x
They cross at (0, 0), so C = (0, 0). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 2, centre (0, 0)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (0, 0) with scale factor 2: (0 + 2 × 1, 0 + 2 × 1) = (2, 2), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 6 long in A and 3 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 6 and the matching side of B is 3.
3 ÷ 6 = 12 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is smaller than A, so the scale factor is a fraction between 0 and 1.Scale factor = 12
- Find the centre of enlargement. A vertex that has not moved can only be the centre of enlargement.The vertex (7, 1) is in the same place on both shapes, so the centre is (7, 1).
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 12, centre (7, 1)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (7, 1) with scale factor 12: (7 + 12 × −6, 1 + 12 × 0) = (4, 1), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor −2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by −2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (2, 2)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(3, 3): (1, 1) = 1 right, 1 up
(5, 3): (3, 1) = 3 right, 1 up
(3, 4): (1, 2) = 1 right, 2 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor −2. The scale factor is negative, so the image is on the opposite side of C (and turned upside down). Multiply each move by −2; the signs of both numbers flip as well as the size changing.(1, 1) × −2 = (−2, −2)
(3, 1) × −2 = (−6, −2)
(1, 2) × −2 = (−2, −4) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (−2, −2) = (0, 0)
C + (−6, −2) = (−4, 0)
C + (−2, −4) = (0, −2) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (0, 0), (−4, 0), (0, −2).
Check. Compare one side: it is 2 in A and 4 in B, and 2 × 2 = 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A negative scale factor puts the image on the other side of the centre.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 6 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 3 and the matching side of B is 6.
6 ÷ 3 = 2 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is on the opposite side of the centre from A and is upside down, so the scale factor is negative.Scale factor = −2
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (1, 1) and (1, 4): x = 1
Line through (4, 1) and (−5, 4): y = −13x + 73
They cross at (1, 2), so C = (1, 2). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor −2, centre (1, 2)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (1, 2) with scale factor −2: (1 + −2 × 0, 2 + −2 × −1) = (1, 4), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Watch out
Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin (unless that is the centre) and not from the shape’s own corner. Do not add the scale factor to the coordinates: you must multiply the distances from the centre. And a scale factor like 12 makes the shape smaller, but it is still an enlargement.Exercise 21D Enlargement
Non-calculatorKey words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(1, 1): (1, 1) = 1 right, 1 up
(2, 1): (2, 1) = 2 right, 1 up
(1, 3): (1, 3) = 1 right, 3 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 2. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 2.(1, 1) × 2 = (2, 2)
(2, 1) × 2 = (4, 2)
(1, 3) × 2 = (2, 6) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (2, 2) = (2, 2)
C + (4, 2) = (4, 2)
C + (2, 6) = (2, 6) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (2, 2), (4, 2), (2, 6).
Check. Compare one side: it is 2 in A and 4 in B, and 2 × 2 = 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 3 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 3, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(1, 1): (1, 1) = 1 right, 1 up
(2, 1): (2, 1) = 2 right, 1 up
(1, 3): (1, 3) = 1 right, 3 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 3. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 3.(1, 1) × 3 = (3, 3)
(2, 1) × 3 = (6, 3)
(1, 3) × 3 = (3, 9) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (3, 3) = (3, 3)
C + (6, 3) = (6, 3)
C + (3, 9) = (3, 9) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (3, 3), (6, 3), (3, 9).
Check. Compare one side: it is 2 in A and 6 in B, and 2 × 3 = 6 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (1, 1)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(1, 1): (0, 0) = no move
(2, 1): (1, 0) = 1 right
(1, 3): (0, 2) = 2 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 2. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 2.(0, 0) × 2 = (0, 0)
(1, 0) × 2 = (2, 0)
(0, 2) × 2 = (0, 4) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (0, 0) = (1, 1)
C + (2, 0) = (3, 1)
C + (0, 4) = (1, 5) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (1, 1), (3, 1), (1, 5).
Check. Compare one side: it is 2 in A and 4 in B, and 2 × 2 = 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 3 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 3, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 1)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(1, 1): (1, 0) = 1 right
(2, 1): (2, 0) = 2 right
(1, 3): (1, 2) = 1 right, 2 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 3. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 3.(1, 0) × 3 = (3, 0)
(2, 0) × 3 = (6, 0)
(1, 2) × 3 = (3, 6) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (3, 0) = (3, 1)
C + (6, 0) = (6, 1)
C + (3, 6) = (3, 7) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (3, 1), (6, 1), (3, 7).
Check. Compare one side: it is 2 in A and 6 in B, and 2 × 3 = 6 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 3 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 3, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (1, 1)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(2, 1): (1, 0) = 1 right
(3, 1): (2, 0) = 2 right
(3, 2): (2, 1) = 2 right, 1 up
(2, 2): (1, 1) = 1 right, 1 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 3. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 3.(1, 0) × 3 = (3, 0)
(2, 0) × 3 = (6, 0)
(2, 1) × 3 = (6, 3)
(1, 1) × 3 = (3, 3) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (3, 0) = (4, 1)
C + (6, 0) = (7, 1)
C + (6, 3) = (7, 4)
C + (3, 3) = (4, 4) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (4, 1), (7, 1), (7, 4), (4, 4).
Check. Compare one side: it is 1 in A and 3 in B, and 1 × 3 = 3 = 3. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 12 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 12, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(2, 2): (2, 2) = 2 right, 2 up
(8, 2): (8, 2) = 8 right, 2 up
(2, 6): (2, 6) = 2 right, 6 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 12. The image is smaller, so each distance from C is multiplied by 12.(2, 2) × 12 = (1, 1)
(8, 2) × 12 = (4, 1)
(2, 6) × 12 = (1, 3) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (1, 1) = (1, 1)
C + (4, 1) = (4, 1)
C + (1, 3) = (1, 3) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (1, 1), (4, 1), (1, 3).
Check. Compare one side: it is 6 in A and 3 in B, and 6 × 12 = 3 = 3. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A scale factor between 0 and 1 makes the shape smaller; it is still called an enlargement.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 12 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 12, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(4, 2): (4, 2) = 4 right, 2 up
(8, 2): (8, 2) = 8 right, 2 up
(8, 6): (8, 6) = 8 right, 6 up
(4, 4): (4, 4) = 4 right, 4 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 12. The image is smaller, so each distance from C is multiplied by 12.(4, 2) × 12 = (2, 1)
(8, 2) × 12 = (4, 1)
(8, 6) × 12 = (4, 3)
(4, 4) × 12 = (2, 2) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (2, 1) = (2, 1)
C + (4, 1) = (4, 1)
C + (4, 3) = (4, 3)
C + (2, 2) = (2, 2) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (2, 1), (4, 1), (4, 3), (2, 2).
Check. Compare one side: it is 4 in A and 2 in B, and 4 × 12 = 2 = 2. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A scale factor between 0 and 1 makes the shape smaller; it is still called an enlargement.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 13 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 13, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(3, 3): (3, 3) = 3 right, 3 up
(9, 3): (9, 3) = 9 right, 3 up
(3, 6): (3, 6) = 3 right, 6 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 13. The image is smaller, so each distance from C is multiplied by 13.(3, 3) × 13 = (1, 1)
(9, 3) × 13 = (3, 1)
(3, 6) × 13 = (1, 2) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (1, 1) = (1, 1)
C + (3, 1) = (3, 1)
C + (1, 2) = (1, 2) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (1, 1), (3, 1), (1, 2).
Check. Compare one side: it is 6 in A and 2 in B, and 6 × 13 = 2 = 2. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A scale factor between 0 and 1 makes the shape smaller; it is still called an enlargement.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Enlarge about (0, 0): multiply each move from the centre by 3, then add the centre back on.Enlargement with scale factor 3 and centre (0, 0)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 2): move from centre (4, 2) × 3 = (12, 6) → (12, 6)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (12, 6)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Enlarge about (0, 0): multiply each move from the centre by 12, then add the centre back on.Enlargement with scale factor 12 and centre (0, 0)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 2): move from centre (4, 2) × 0.5 = (2, 1) → (2, 1)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (2, 1)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Enlarge about (1, −1): multiply each move from the centre by 2, then add the centre back on.Enlargement with scale factor 2 and centre (1, −1)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 2): move from centre (3, 3) × 2 = (6, 6) → (7, 5)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (7, 5)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Key words. A transformation changes the position or size of a shape. The original shape is the object; the new shape is the image.
Method. Apply the transformation to the coordinates of P.
- Remember what this transformation does. Enlarge about (0, 0): multiply each move from the centre by 14, then add the centre back on.Enlargement with scale factor 14 and centre (0, 0)
- Apply it to the point. Follow the rule using the coordinates of the point.(4, 8): move from centre (4, 8) × 0.25 = (1, 2) → (1, 2)
- Write the coordinates of the image. The image of P is called P'.P' = (1, 2)
Check. Look at the picture: P and P' are placed as the transformation requires. ✓
Watch out. Take care with minus signs: write the new coordinates carefully, one at a time.
Method. Every length is multiplied by the scale factor, so multiply both measurements by 2.5.
- Multiply the length. The 15 cm side becomes 2.5 times as long.15 × 2.5 = 37.5 cm
- Multiply the width. The 10 cm side becomes 2.5 times as long.10 × 2.5 = 25 cm
- Write the answer. Give the dimensions in the same order as the question.25 cm by 37.5 cm
Check. 37.5 ÷ 25 = 1.5 and 15 ÷ 10 = 1.5, so the shapes have the same proportions. ✓
Watch out. Multiply both lengths by the scale factor, not just one of them.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 6 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 3 and the matching side of B is 6.
6 ÷ 3 = 2 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is larger than A.Scale factor = 2
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (1, 1) and (2, 2): y = x
Line through (4, 1) and (8, 2): y = 0.25x
They cross at (0, 0), so C = (0, 0). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 2, centre (0, 0)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (0, 0) with scale factor 2: (0 + 2 × 1, 0 + 2 × 1) = (2, 2), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 6 long in A and 3 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 6 and the matching side of B is 3.
3 ÷ 6 = 12 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is smaller than A, so the scale factor is a fraction between 0 and 1.Scale factor = 12
- Find the centre of enlargement. A vertex that has not moved can only be the centre of enlargement.The vertex (7, 1) is in the same place on both shapes, so the centre is (7, 1).
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 12, centre (7, 1)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (7, 1) with scale factor 12: (7 + 12 × −6, 1 + 12 × 0) = (4, 1), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 1 long in A and 3 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 1 and the matching side of B is 3.
3 ÷ 1 = 3 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is larger than A.Scale factor = 3
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (2, 1) and (4, 1): y = 1
Line through (2, 2) and (4, 4): y = x
They cross at (1, 1), so C = (1, 1). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 3, centre (1, 1)
Check. Enlarge (2, 1) from (1, 1) with scale factor 3: (1 + 3 × 1, 1 + 3 × 0) = (4, 1), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Method. An enlargement multiplies the distance from the centre by the scale factor. Look at what Sam did to each vertex.
- Look at Sam’s working. Sam went from (1, 1) to (4, 4) by adding 3 to each coordinate. That is a translation, not an enlargement.(1, 1) → (4, 4) is + 3, not × 3
- Do it properly. The centre is the origin, so the move from the centre is the point itself. Multiply both coordinates by 3.(1, 1) → (1 × 3, 1 × 3) = (3, 3)
(2, 1) → (2 × 3, 1 × 3) = (6, 3)
(1, 3) → (1 × 3, 3 × 3) = (3, 9) - Write the image. (3, 3), (6, 3), (3, 9)
Check. Sam’s base was 1 long and is now still 1 long, so his shape has not grown. The correct base is 3 long. ✓
Watch out. Enlargement multiplies; it does not add.
Method. Think about what the word “enlargement” means in maths: any transformation that multiplies lengths by a scale factor about a centre.
- Check the definition. An enlargement multiplies every distance from the centre by the scale factor. The scale factor can be any number, not only numbers bigger than 1.Scale factor 12: every length is halved.
- Compare. The image has the same shape as the object, so the transformation is an enlargement with a scale factor that makes things smaller.Tilly is wrong.
Check. An enlargement with scale factor 2 followed by one with scale factor 12 about the same centre gets us back to the start. ✓
Watch out. In examination questions you must still write “enlargement” for a fractional scale factor.
Method. Work out the sides of B, then use Pythagoras’ theorem to test for a right angle.
- Multiply each side by 2. Every length in an enlargement is multiplied by the scale factor.3 × 2 = 6, 4 × 2 = 8, 5 × 2 = 10
- Square the two shorter sides and add. If the triangle is right-angled, the sum of these squares equals the square of the longest side.62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Compare with the longest side. 102 = 100, which is equal, so B has a right angle.
Check. An enlargement does not change angles, so the right angle of A is also in B. ✓
Watch out. Enlargements keep angles the same. Only the lengths change.
Method. Follow one point through the two enlargements.
- Enlarge (5, 4) with scale factor 2, centre (3, 1). Move from the centre: (5 − 3, 4 − 1) = (2, 3). Multiply by 2.(2, 3) × 2 = (4, 6), so the image is (3 + 4, 1 + 6) = (7, 7)
- Enlarge (7, 7) with scale factor 12, centre (3, 1). Move from the centre: (7 − 3, 7 − 1) = (4, 6). Multiply by 12.(4, 6) × 12 = (2, 3), so the image is (3 + 2, 1 + 3) = (5, 4)
- Conclude. The point is back at (5, 4). The same happens to every point, so C is the same as A.2 × 12 = 1: the two scale factors cancel.
Check. Multiplying the scale factors gives 2 × 12 = 1, and an enlargement with scale factor 1 does not change a shape. ✓
Watch out. Two enlargements about the same centre multiply their scale factors.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor −2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by −2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (2, 2)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(3, 3): (1, 1) = 1 right, 1 up
(5, 3): (3, 1) = 3 right, 1 up
(3, 4): (1, 2) = 1 right, 2 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor −2. The scale factor is negative, so the image is on the opposite side of C (and turned upside down). Multiply each move by −2; the signs of both numbers flip as well as the size changing.(1, 1) × −2 = (−2, −2)
(3, 1) × −2 = (−6, −2)
(1, 2) × −2 = (−2, −4) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (−2, −2) = (0, 0)
C + (−6, −2) = (−4, 0)
C + (−2, −4) = (0, −2) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (0, 0), (−4, 0), (0, −2).
Check. Compare one side: it is 2 in A and 4 in B, and 2 × 2 = 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A negative scale factor puts the image on the other side of the centre.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor −12 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by −12, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (3, 2)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(5, 2): (2, 0) = 2 right
(7, 2): (4, 0) = 4 right
(7, 6): (4, 4) = 4 right, 4 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor −12. The scale factor is negative, so the image is on the opposite side of C (and turned upside down). Multiply each move by −12; the signs of both numbers flip as well as the size changing.(2, 0) × −12 = (−1, 0)
(4, 0) × −12 = (−2, 0)
(4, 4) × −12 = (−2, −2) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (−1, 0) = (2, 2)
C + (−2, 0) = (1, 2)
C + (−2, −2) = (1, 0) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (2, 2), (1, 2), (1, 0).
Check. Compare one side: it is 4 in A and 2 in B, and 4 × 12 = 2 = 2. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A negative scale factor puts the image on the other side of the centre.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 6 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 3 and the matching side of B is 6.
6 ÷ 3 = 2 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is on the opposite side of the centre from A and is upside down, so the scale factor is negative.Scale factor = −2
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (1, 1) and (1, 4): x = 1
Line through (4, 1) and (−5, 4): y = −13x + 73
They cross at (1, 2), so C = (1, 2). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor −2, centre (1, 2)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (1, 2) with scale factor −2: (1 + −2 × 0, 2 + −2 × −1) = (1, 4), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Method. Work out the image of (4, 3) under each transformation and compare.
- Enlargement, scale factor −1, centre (1, 1). Move from the centre: (4 − 1, 3 − 1) = (3, 2). Multiply by −1.(3, 2) × (−1) = (−3, −2), so the image is (1 − 3, 1 − 2) = (−2, −1)
- Rotation 180° about (1, 1). The move (3, 2) becomes (−3, −2).Image = (1 − 3, 1 − 2) = (−2, −1)
- Compare. The images are the same.Both give (−2, −1).
Check. In both cases the point goes straight through the centre to the other side, the same distance away. ✓
Watch out. Multiplying by −1 changes both signs, just like a half turn does.
Describing and identifying single transformations
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
In an examination the question often says “Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto shape B.” You must (1) name the transformation and (2) give the extra detail that each type needs. Without the detail you do not get the marks. The table shows what you need.
| Transformation | You must give | Size | Facing |
|---|---|---|---|
| Reflection | the equation of the mirror line | same (congruent) | flipped |
| Rotation | angle, direction (not for 180°), centre | same (congruent) | turned |
| Translation | the column vector | same (congruent) | same way, sides parallel |
| Enlargement | scale factor and centre | changed (similar) | same way (unless the scale factor is negative) |
How to decide. Ask these questions in order. (1) Has the size changed? If yes, it is an enlargement. (2) Is the shape flipped over (a mirror image)? If yes, it is a reflection. (3) Are all the sides parallel to the sides of the original, with the shape facing the same way? If yes, it is a translation. (4) Otherwise it has turned, so it is a rotation. Then find the detail: the line, the vector, the centre and angle, or the scale factor and centre.
Invariant points. A point that does not move is called an invariant point. Every point on the mirror line of a reflection is invariant; the centre of a rotation or an enlargement is invariant; a translation has none.
Key ideas
- “Describe fully” means: name the transformation and give its detail.
- Reflection: equation of the mirror line. Rotation: angle, direction, centre. Translation: column vector. Enlargement: scale factor, centre.
- Reflections, rotations and translations give congruent images. Enlargements give similar images.
- Reflection turns the shape into a mirror image; rotation turns it; translation slides it; enlargement resizes it.
- Invariant point: a point that does not move.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(1, 3) and (1, −1): midpoint = ((1 + 1) ÷ 2, (3 + −1) ÷ 2) = (1, 1)
(3, 3) and (3, −1): midpoint = ((3 + 3) ÷ 2, (3 + −1) ÷ 2) = (3, 1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have y = 1. The points are in a horizontal line, so the mirror line is the horizontal line y = 1.Mirror line: y = 1
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = 1
Check. Reflect (3, 3) in y = 1 and we get (3, −1), which matches (3, −1) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 2 long in A and 2 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (2, 2) from (0, 0) = 22 + 22 = 8
Distance2 of (−2, 2) from (0, 0) = −22 + 22 = 8
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (2, 2): (2, 2) (2 right, 2 up)
From C to (−2, 2): (−2, 2) (2 left, 2 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 2) about (0, 0) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (−2, 4), which matches the vertex (−2, 4) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 1 long in A and 3 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 1 and the matching side of B is 3.
3 ÷ 1 = 3 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is larger than A.Scale factor = 3
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (2, 1) and (4, 1): y = 1
Line through (2, 2) and (4, 4): y = x
They cross at (1, 1), so C = (1, 1). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 3, centre (1, 1)
Check. Enlarge (2, 1) from (1, 1) with scale factor 3: (1 + 3 × 1, 1 + 3 × 0) = (4, 1), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a rotation does. Every point is moved (turned or stretched) about the centre, except the centre itself: it is at distance 0 from the centre, so it cannot move.The centre is (1, 2).
- Test the centre. Apply the transformation to the centre.(1, 2) → (1, 2)
- Write the answer. Only the centre is invariant (the scale factor is not 1, and the turn is not 0° or 360°).Invariant point: (1, 2) only.
Check. Test another point, (2, 3): it goes to (2, 1), which is different, so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare the areas: 4 square units for A and 4 for B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Compare the coordinates of a vertex and its image. For the diagonal mirror lines y = x and y = −x the coordinates change in a special way.The coordinates have been swapped and both signs changed: (2, 1) became (−1, −2).
- Use the midpoint as a check. The mirror line must pass through the midpoint of a point and its image.Midpoint of (2, 1) and (−1, −2) = (0.5, −0.5), which lies on y = −x.
- Write the equation of the mirror line. A reflection that swaps x and y and changes both signs is a reflection in the line y = −x.Mirror line: y = −x
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = −x
Check. Reflect (5, 2) in y = −x and we get (−2, −5), which matches (−2, −5) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Watch out
Never write just “reflection” or “enlargement”. Each type needs its detail: the mirror line, the centre and scale factor, and so on. Also do not write two transformations: the question asks for a single one. If the shape has got bigger, it is an enlargement, even if it has also moved.Exercise 21E Describing single transformations
Non-calculatorMethod. Think about which transformation flips a shape over.
- Check the size. The size is the same, so it cannot be an enlargement.Same size: reflection, rotation or translation
- Check the facing. A mirror image is a flipped shape. Only a reflection flips a shape.Reflection
Check. A rotation or translation never flips a shape. ✓
Watch out. You would still need the equation of the mirror line to describe it fully.
Method. Look for a change of size.
- Check the size. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape.B is bigger than A, so it is not any of those three.
- Name the transformation. Same shape but a different size is an enlargement.Enlargement
Check. The angles of A and B are equal, which fits an enlargement. ✓
Watch out. You would still need the scale factor and the centre.
Method. Same size, same facing and parallel sides means the shape has only slid.
- Check the size. The size is the same.Not an enlargement
- Check the facing. The shape is not flipped, and its sides are parallel to the originals, so it has not turned either.Translation
Check. A rotation (other than 360°) changes the direction of the sides. ✓
Watch out. You would still need the column vector.
Method. A turned shape that is not flipped is a rotation.
- Check the size. Same size.Not an enlargement
- Check for a flip. The shape is not a mirror image.Not a reflection
- Check for a slide. The shape has turned, so it is not a translation.Rotation
Check. The sides of B are not parallel to the sides of A. ✓
Watch out. You would still need the angle, direction and centre.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare the areas: 4 square units for A and 4 for B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Compare the coordinates of a vertex and its image. For the diagonal mirror lines y = x and y = −x the coordinates change in a special way.The coordinates have been swapped: (2, 1) became (1, 2).
- Use the midpoint as a check. The mirror line must pass through the midpoint of a point and its image.Midpoint of (2, 1) and (1, 2) = (1.5, 1.5), which lies on y = x.
- Write the equation of the mirror line. A reflection that swaps x and y is a reflection in the line y = x.Mirror line: y = x
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = x
Check. Reflect (5, 2) in y = x and we get (2, 5), which matches (2, 5) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(1, 1) and (9, 1): midpoint = ((1 + 9) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (5, 1)
(4, 1) and (6, 1): midpoint = ((4 + 6) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (5, 1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have x = 5. The points are in a vertical line, so the mirror line is the vertical line x = 5.Mirror line: x = 5
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line x = 5
Check. Reflect (4, 1) in x = 5 and we get (6, 1), which matches (6, 1) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (2, 2) from (0, 0) = 22 + 22 = 8
Distance2 of (2, −2) from (0, 0) = 22 + −22 = 8
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (2, 2): (2, 2) (2 right, 2 up)
From C to (2, −2): (2, −2) (2 right, 2 down)
This matches (a, b) → (b, −a), so the turn is 90° clockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° clockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 2) about (0, 0) by 90° clockwise: we get (2, −4), which matches the vertex (2, −4) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
−5
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A translation only slides the shape. If the shape had turned, its sides would no longer be parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B faces the same way as A, and every side is parallel to its original. So the transformation is a translation. - Pick a vertex and its image. Every point moves by the same amount, so one vertex is enough to find the move.(2, 2) → (5, −3)
- Find the move across and the move up or down. Subtract the x-coordinates, then the y-coordinates (image − object). Positive means right/up, negative means left/down.Across: 5 − 2 = 3 (3 right)
Up/down: −3 − 2 = −5 (5 down) - Write the move as a column vector. The across move goes on top and the up/down move goes underneath.Translation by 3
−5 - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Translation by 3
−5
Check. Test another vertex: (4, 2) + 3
−5 = (7, −3), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. Write the vector as across on top, up/down underneath, and take image − object, not the other way round.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 6 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 3 and the matching side of B is 6.
6 ÷ 3 = 2 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is larger than A.Scale factor = 2
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (1, 1) and (2, 2): y = x
Line through (4, 1) and (8, 2): y = 0.25x
They cross at (0, 0), so C = (0, 0). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 2, centre (0, 0)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (0, 0) with scale factor 2: (0 + 2 × 1, 0 + 2 × 1) = (2, 2), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 6 long in A and 3 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 6 and the matching side of B is 3.
3 ÷ 6 = 12 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is smaller than A, so the scale factor is a fraction between 0 and 1.Scale factor = 12
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (2, 2) and (1, 1): y = x
Line through (8, 2) and (4, 1): y = 0.25x
They cross at (0, 0), so C = (0, 0). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 12, centre (0, 0)
Check. Enlarge (2, 2) from (0, 0) with scale factor 12: (0 + 12 × 2, 0 + 12 × 2) = (1, 1), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation using perpendicular bisectors. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. So it lies on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining them (the line at right angles through the midpoint). The centre is where two such bisectors cross.For (2, 2) → (0, 2): the points (x, y) that are equally far from both satisfy x = 1.
For (5, 2) → (0, 5): the points equally far from both satisfy 5x − 3y = 2.
Solving the two equations together gives x = 1, y = 1.
Check in both: 1(1) + 0(1) = 1 ✓; 5(1) + −3(1) = 2 ✓.
The centre is (1, 1). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (2, 2): (1, 1) (1 right, 1 up)
From C to (0, 2): (−1, 1) (1 left, 1 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (1, 1)
Check. Rotate (5, 2) about (1, 1) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (0, 5), which matches the vertex (0, 5) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Compare the coordinates of a vertex and its image. For the diagonal mirror lines y = x and y = −x the coordinates change in a special way.The coordinates have been swapped and both signs changed: (1, 2) became (−2, −1).
- Use the midpoint as a check. The mirror line must pass through the midpoint of a point and its image.Midpoint of (1, 2) and (−2, −1) = (−0.5, 0.5), which lies on y = −x.
- Write the equation of the mirror line. A reflection that swaps x and y and changes both signs is a reflection in the line y = −x.Mirror line: y = −x
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = −x
Check. Reflect (3, 2) in y = −x and we get (−2, −3), which matches (−2, −3) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Method. Congruent means exactly the same size and shape.
- Think about what a reflection does. It flips the shape but does not stretch or shrink it.Same size, same shape
- Decide. Congruent
Check. You could fold along the mirror line and the shapes would match. ✓
Watch out. Congruent shapes can be flipped over: they are still congruent.
Method. Congruent means exactly the same size and shape.
- Think about what a rotation does. It turns the shape but does not change any length.Same size, same shape
- Decide. Congruent
Check. Trace the shape and turn the tracing paper: it fits exactly. ✓
Watch out. Turning does not change size.
Method. Congruent means exactly the same size and shape.
- Think about what a translation does. It slides the shape without changing it.Same size, same shape
- Decide. Congruent
Check. Slide the tracing paper over: it fits. ✓
Watch out. Moving a shape does not change it.
Method. Compare the sizes.
- Think about what this enlargement does. Every length becomes 3 times as long, but the angles do not change.Same shape, different size
- Decide. Same shape and different size means similar.Similar, not congruent
Check. A side of 2 cm becomes 6 cm, so the shapes are not the same size. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement with scale factor 1 would be congruent, but 3 is not 1.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done. Its image is the point itself.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a reflection does. A point on the mirror line is already on the mirror, so it stays where it is. A point not on the line moves to the other side.The mirror line is x = 2.
- Test one point on the line. Reflect it and see if it moves.(2, 3) is on the line, and its image is (2, 3), which is the same point.
- Write the answer. All points on the mirror line are invariant, and no others.Invariant points: every point on the mirror line x = 2.
Check. Test a point off the line, such as (3, 5): it goes to (1, 5), so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a rotation does. Every point is moved (turned or stretched) about the centre, except the centre itself: it is at distance 0 from the centre, so it cannot move.The centre is (1, 1).
- Test the centre. Apply the transformation to the centre.(1, 1) → (1, 1)
- Write the answer. Only the centre is invariant (the scale factor is not 1, and the turn is not 0° or 360°).Invariant point: (1, 1) only.
Check. Test another point, (2, 2): it goes to (2, 0), which is different, so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
2
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a translation does. A translation moves every point by the same vector, and the vector is not zero.Every point moves by 3
2. - Test a point. See if its image is the same as the point.(0, 0) → (3, 2), which is different.
- Write the answer. No point stays where it is.There are no invariant points.
Check. For a point to stay put we would need to add 0 to both coordinates, but we add 3 and 2. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a enlargement does. Every point is moved (turned or stretched) about the centre, except the centre itself: it is at distance 0 from the centre, so it cannot move.The centre is (0, 0).
- Test the centre. Apply the transformation to the centre.(0, 0) → (0, 0)
- Write the answer. Only the centre is invariant (the scale factor is not 1, and the turn is not 0° or 360°).Invariant point: (0, 0) only.
Check. Test another point, (1, 1): it goes to (3, 3), which is different, so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
Method. Think about how to undo a reflection.
- Think about one point. A point P is reflected to P′. P′ is the same distance from the mirror on the other side.P and P′ are mirror images of each other.
- Undo it. Reflecting P′ in the same line puts it back at P, because the mirror line is half-way between them.Same mirror line
- Write the description. Reflection in the line x = 6
Check. We saw in 21.1 that two reflections in the same line cancel. ✓
Watch out. Reflections are their own inverse.
Method. To undo an enlargement, shrink by the same amount about the same centre.
- Think about the scale factor. A went to B by multiplying all distances from the centre by 3. To get back, divide them by 3, which is multiplying by 13.New scale factor = 13
- Think about the centre. The centre does not move, so it is the same centre.Centre (2, 1)
- Write the description. Enlargement, scale factor 13, centre (2, 1)
Check. 3 × 13 = 1, so the two enlargements cancel. ✓
Watch out. The inverse of scale factor k is 1k, not −k.
Method. The mirror line must be half-way between a point and its image.
- Test Ali’s line. The y-axis is x = 0. The image of (3, 2) in the y-axis would be (−3, 2).(3, 2) → (−3, 2), but B has (7, 2). Ali is wrong.
- Find the real mirror line. Find the midpoint of (3, 2) and (7, 2).((3 + 7) ÷ 2, (2 + 2) ÷ 2) = (5, 2)
- Write the equation. The points are level, so the mirror line is vertical.x = 5
Check. (3, 2) is 2 to the left of x = 5 and (7, 2) is 2 to the right. ✓
Watch out. Find the midpoint of a point and its image to get the mirror line.
Method. Find the image of (4, −3) under each transformation.
- Rotation of 180° about O. (a, b) → (−a, −b).(4, −3) → (−4, 3)
- Enlargement, scale factor −1, centre O. Multiply both coordinates by −1.(4 × (−1), −3 × (−1)) = (−4, 3)
- Compare. The images are the same.Both give (−4, 3).
Check. Both send every point straight through the origin to the opposite side, the same distance away. ✓
Watch out. So a 180° rotation may legitimately be described as either; in an exam, use a rotation unless the question says otherwise.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation using perpendicular bisectors. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. So it lies on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining them (the line at right angles through the midpoint). The centre is where two such bisectors cross.For (1, 1) → (2, 6): the points (x, y) that are equally far from both satisfy x + 5y = 19.
For (4, 1) → (2, 3): the points equally far from both satisfy x − y = 1.
Solving the two equations together gives x = 4, y = 3.
Check in both: 1(4) + 5(3) = 19 ✓; 1(4) + −1(3) = 1 ✓.
The centre is (4, 3). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (−3, −2) (3 left, 2 down)
From C to (2, 6): (−2, 3) (2 left, 3 up)
This matches (a, b) → (b, −a), so the turn is 90° clockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° clockwise, centre (4, 3)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (4, 3) by 90° clockwise: we get (2, 3), which matches the vertex (2, 3) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. In a half turn, the centre is exactly half-way between a point and its image. Find the midpoint for two different vertices: they should be the same point.(−4, 1) and (2, 5): midpoint (−1, 3)
(−1, 1) and (−1, 5): midpoint (−1, 3)
Both midpoints are the same, so the centre is (−1, 3). - Find the angle and direction. From C the moves to the vertex and to its image point in exactly opposite directions, so it is a half turn. For a half turn the direction does not matter.From C to (−4, 1): (−3, −2); from C to (2, 5): (3, 2). Both signs have changed, so the angle is 180°.
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 180°, centre (−1, 3)
Check. Rotate (−1, 1) about (−1, 3) by 180°: we get (−1, 5), which matches the vertex (−1, 5) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Method. Apply each transformation to the vertices of A and compare with B.
- Hannah’s reflection in the y-axis. Change the sign of every x-coordinate.(1, 1) → (−1, 1); (3, 1) → (−3, 1); (1, 4) → (−1, 4). This matches B.
- Ravi’s rotation of 180° about O. Change the sign of both coordinates.(1, 1) → (−1, −1), which is not a vertex of B.
- Decide. Only Hannah’s transformation produces B.Hannah is right.
Check. B is a mirror image of A (the right-angled corner is at the bottom right in B and the bottom left in A), so it is a reflection. ✓
Watch out. Test each description on every vertex, not just one that happens to match.
Combinations of transformations and invariant points
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Sometimes a shape is moved by two or more transformations, one after the other. For example, “reflect A in the x-axis to give B, then rotate B through 90° about the origin to give C”. We work out each image in turn: the image of the first transformation is the object for the second. The order matters: reflecting and then rotating usually gives a different result from rotating and then reflecting.
A combination of transformations can often be replaced by a single transformation that does the whole job. Three facts are useful:
- Two reflections in parallel lines make a translation. The translation is perpendicular to the mirror lines and is twice the distance between them.
- Two reflections in lines that cross make a rotation about the point where the lines cross. The angle of the rotation is twice the angle between the mirror lines.
- Two rotations about the same centre make a rotation about that centre whose angle is the sum of the two angles. Two translations make a translation whose vector is the sum of the two vectors.
0.
Invariant points. A point that is unchanged by a transformation is called an invariant point. For a combination, test the single equivalent transformation. For example, a half turn about O has only one invariant point, O. A reflection has a whole line of invariant points (the mirror line). A translation has none. When you must find the invariant point of a combination, you can also look for the point whose image is itself.
Key ideas
- Do the transformations in the order given: the image of the first is the object of the second.
- Two reflections in parallel lines = a translation (twice the distance between the lines).
- Two reflections in lines that cross = a rotation about the crossing point (twice the angle between the lines).
- In general the order matters; for two translations it does not.
- An invariant point is its own image: the mirror line (reflection), the centre (rotation, enlargement); none for a translation.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: reflection in the line x = 1. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 1: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 1 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(−3, 1) → (2 × 1 − (−3), 1) = (5, 1)
(−1, 1) → (2 × 1 − (−1), 1) = (3, 1)
(−3, 4) → (2 × 1 − (−3), 4) = (5, 4) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line x = 4. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 4: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 4 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(5, 1) → (2 × 4 − 5, 1) = (3, 1)
(3, 1) → (2 × 4 − 3, 1) = (5, 1)
(5, 4) → (2 × 4 − 5, 4) = (3, 4) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (5, 1), (3, 1), (5, 4) then C (3, 1), (5, 1), (3, 4)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A translation only slides the shape. If the shape had turned, its sides would no longer be parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, C faces the same way as A, and every side is parallel to its original. So the transformation is a translation. - Pick a vertex and its image. Every point moves by the same amount, so one vertex is enough to find the move.(−3, 1) → (3, 1)
- Find the move across and the move up or down. Subtract the x-coordinates, then the y-coordinates (image − object). Positive means right/up, negative means left/down.Across: 3 − −3 = 6 (6 right)
Up/down: 1 − 1 = 0 (no move) - Write the move as a column vector. The across move goes on top and the up/down move goes underneath.Translation by 6
0 - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Translation by 6
0
Check. Test another vertex: (−1, 1) + 6
0 = (5, 1), which is the matching vertex of C. ✓
Watch out. Write the vector as across on top, up/down underneath, and take image − object, not the other way round.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: reflection in the line y = 0. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1) → (1, 2 × 0 − 1) = (1, −1)
(4, 1) → (4, 2 × 0 − 1) = (4, −1)
(1, 3) → (1, 2 × 0 − 3) = (1, −3) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line x = 0. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 0: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 0 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −1) → (2 × 0 − 1, −1) = (−1, −1)
(4, −1) → (2 × 0 − 4, −1) = (−4, −1)
(1, −3) → (2 × 0 − 1, −3) = (−1, −3) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −1), (4, −1), (1, −3) then C (−1, −1), (−4, −1), (−1, −3)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, C is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. In a half turn, the centre is exactly half-way between a point and its image. Find the midpoint for two different vertices: they should be the same point.(1, 1) and (−1, −1): midpoint (0, 0)
(4, 1) and (−4, −1): midpoint (0, 0)
Both midpoints are the same, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. From C the moves to the vertex and to its image point in exactly opposite directions, so it is a half turn. For a half turn the direction does not matter.From C to (1, 1): (1, 1); from C to (−1, −1): (−1, −1). Both signs have changed, so the angle is 180°.
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 180°, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (0, 0) by 180°: we get (−4, −1), which matches the vertex (−4, −1) of C. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: rotation of 90° clockwise about (0, 0). Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (b, −a), then add the centre back on. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1): move from centre (1, 1) → turned (1, −1) → (1, −1)
(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (1, −4) → (1, −4)
(1, 3): move from centre (1, 3) → turned (3, −1) → (3, −1) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line y = 0. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −1) → (1, 2 × 0 − (−1)) = (1, 1)
(1, −4) → (1, 2 × 0 − (−4)) = (1, 4)
(3, −1) → (3, 2 × 0 − (−1)) = (3, 1) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −1), (1, −4), (3, −1) then C (1, 1), (1, 4), (3, 1)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, but C is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Compare the coordinates of a vertex and its image. For the diagonal mirror lines y = x and y = −x the coordinates change in a special way.The coordinates have been swapped: (4, 1) became (1, 4).
- Use the midpoint as a check. The mirror line must pass through the midpoint of a point and its image.Midpoint of (4, 1) and (1, 4) = (2.5, 2.5), which lies on y = x.
- Write the equation of the mirror line. A reflection that swaps x and y is a reflection in the line y = x.Mirror line: y = x
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = x
Check. Reflect (1, 3) in y = x and we get (3, 1), which matches (3, 1) in C. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
1. B is mapped to C by a reflection in the line y = 0. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of C. A has vertices at (1, 2), (3, 2), (1, 5).
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next.
- Do the first transformation: translation by 2
1. Add 2 to every x and 1 to every y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 2) → (1 + 2, 2 + 1) = (3, 3)
(3, 2) → (3 + 2, 2 + 1) = (5, 3)
(1, 5) → (1 + 2, 5 + 1) = (3, 6) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line y = 0. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(3, 3) → (3, 2 × 0 − 3) = (3, −3)
(5, 3) → (5, 2 × 0 − 3) = (5, −3)
(3, 6) → (3, 2 × 0 − 6) = (3, −6) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (3, 3), (5, 3), (3, 6) then C (3, −3), (5, −3), (3, −6)
Check. Shapes A and C are congruent (same size), and the vertex (1, 2) has gone to (3, −3): the transformations only move or flip the shape. ✓
Watch out. Do the transformations in the order given. Doing them the other way round usually gives a different answer.
0. Shape C is found by doing the translation by 4
0 first and then the rotation of 90° clockwise about (0, 0). Is shape C in the same place as shape B? Show your working.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Work out the final image for each order, then compare them.
- Do transformation 1 then transformation 2. First rotation of 90° clockwise about (0, 0), then translation by 4
0.After the first: (1, −1), (1, −3), (4, −1)
After the second: (5, −1), (5, −3), (8, −1)
Call this shape B. - Now do them in the opposite order. First translation by 4
0, then rotation of 90° clockwise about (0, 0).After the first: (5, 1), (7, 1), (5, 4)
After the second: (1, −5), (1, −7), (4, −5)
Call this shape C. - Compare B and C. If the order did not matter, B and C would be in exactly the same place.B: (5, −1), (5, −3), (8, −1)
C: (1, −5), (1, −7), (4, −5)
The vertices are different, so the shapes are in different places.
Check. Look at the picture: B and C are not on top of each other. ✓
Watch out. Many pairs of transformations give different results when the order is swapped. (Two translations are one exception: they always give the same result.)
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a rotation does. Every point is moved (turned or stretched) about the centre, except the centre itself: it is at distance 0 from the centre, so it cannot move.The centre is (0, 0).
- Test the centre. Apply the transformation to the centre.(0, 0) → (0, 0)
- Write the answer. Only the centre is invariant (the scale factor is not 1, and the turn is not 0° or 360°).Invariant point: (0, 0) only.
Check. Test another point, (1, 1): it goes to (−1, −1), which is different, so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
Watch out
Do the transformations in the order stated, and always use the image of the first transformation as the object for the second, not the original shape. And a “single transformation” must be a reflection, rotation, translation or enlargement with all its detail.Exercise 21F Combinations and invariant points
Non-calculatorKey words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next.
- Do the first transformation: reflection in the line y = 0. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1) → (1, 2 × 0 − 1) = (1, −1)
(4, 1) → (4, 2 × 0 − 1) = (4, −1)
(1, 3) → (1, 2 × 0 − 3) = (1, −3) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line x = 0. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 0: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 0 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −1) → (2 × 0 − 1, −1) = (−1, −1)
(4, −1) → (2 × 0 − 4, −1) = (−4, −1)
(1, −3) → (2 × 0 − 1, −3) = (−1, −3) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −1), (4, −1), (1, −3) then C (−1, −1), (−4, −1), (−1, −3)
Check. The single transformation that does the whole job is: Rotation, 180°, centre (0, 0). Applying it to (1, 1) gives (−1, −1), which is the matching vertex of C. ✓
Watch out. Do the transformations in the order given. Doing them the other way round usually gives a different answer.
3, then reflect in the line y = x.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next.
- Do the first transformation: translation by 2
3. Add 2 to every x and 3 to every y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1) → (1 + 2, 1 + 3) = (3, 4)
(4, 1) → (4 + 2, 1 + 3) = (6, 4)
(1, 3) → (1 + 2, 3 + 3) = (3, 6) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line y = x. Reflecting in y = x swaps the coordinates: (a, b) → (b, a). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(3, 4) → (4, 3)
(6, 4) → (4, 6)
(3, 6) → (6, 3) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (3, 4), (6, 4), (3, 6) then C (4, 3), (4, 6), (6, 3)
Check. Shapes A and C are congruent (same size), and the vertex (1, 1) has gone to (4, 3): the transformations only move or flip the shape. ✓
Watch out. Do the transformations in the order given. Doing them the other way round usually gives a different answer.
4.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next.
- Do the first transformation: rotation of 90° anticlockwise about (0, 0). Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (−b, a), then add the centre back on. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1): move from centre (1, 1) → turned (−1, 1) → (−1, 1)
(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (−1, 4) → (−1, 4)
(1, 3): move from centre (1, 3) → turned (−3, 1) → (−3, 1) - Then do the second transformation: translation by −1
4. Add −1 to every x and 4 to every y. Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(−1, 1) → ((−1) + (−1), 1 + 4) = (−2, 5)
(−1, 4) → ((−1) + (−1), 4 + 4) = (−2, 8)
(−3, 1) → ((−3) + (−1), 1 + 4) = (−4, 5) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (−1, 1), (−1, 4), (−3, 1) then C (−2, 5), (−2, 8), (−4, 5)
Check. The single transformation that does the whole job is: Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (−2.5, 1.5). Applying it to (1, 1) gives (−2, 5), which is the matching vertex of C. ✓
Watch out. Do the transformations in the order given. Doing them the other way round usually gives a different answer.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next.
- Do the first transformation: rotation of 180° about (0, 0). Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (−a, −b), then add the centre back on. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1): move from centre (1, 1) → turned (−1, −1) → (−1, −1)
(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (−4, −1) → (−4, −1)
(1, 3): move from centre (1, 3) → turned (−1, −3) → (−1, −3) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line x = 1. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 1: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 1 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(−1, −1) → (2 × 1 − (−1), −1) = (3, −1)
(−4, −1) → (2 × 1 − (−4), −1) = (6, −1)
(−1, −3) → (2 × 1 − (−1), −3) = (3, −3) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (−1, −1), (−4, −1), (−1, −3) then C (3, −1), (6, −1), (3, −3)
Check. Shapes A and C are congruent (same size), and the vertex (1, 1) has gone to (3, −1): the transformations only move or flip the shape. ✓
Watch out. Do the transformations in the order given. Doing them the other way round usually gives a different answer.
6
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: reflection in the line y = 0. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 2) → (1, 2 × 0 − 2) = (1, −2)
(4, 2) → (4, 2 × 0 − 2) = (4, −2)
(1, 4) → (1, 2 × 0 − 4) = (1, −4) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line y = 3. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 3: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 3 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −2) → (1, 2 × 3 − (−2)) = (1, 8)
(4, −2) → (4, 2 × 3 − (−2)) = (4, 8)
(1, −4) → (1, 2 × 3 − (−4)) = (1, 10) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −2), (4, −2), (1, −4) then C (1, 8), (4, 8), (1, 10)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A translation only slides the shape. If the shape had turned, its sides would no longer be parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, C faces the same way as A, and every side is parallel to its original. So the transformation is a translation. - Pick a vertex and its image. Every point moves by the same amount, so one vertex is enough to find the move.(1, 2) → (1, 8)
- Find the move across and the move up or down. Subtract the x-coordinates, then the y-coordinates (image − object). Positive means right/up, negative means left/down.Across: 1 − 1 = 0 (no move)
Up/down: 8 − 2 = 6 (6 up) - Write the move as a column vector. The across move goes on top and the up/down move goes underneath.Translation by 0
6 - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Translation by 0
6
Check. Test another vertex: (4, 2) + 0
6 = (4, 8), which is the matching vertex of C. ✓
Watch out. Write the vector as across on top, up/down underneath, and take image − object, not the other way round.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: reflection in the line y = 0. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1) → (1, 2 × 0 − 1) = (1, −1)
(4, 2) → (4, 2 × 0 − 2) = (4, −2)
(2, 4) → (2, 2 × 0 − 4) = (2, −4) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line y = x. Reflecting in y = x swaps the coordinates: (a, b) → (b, a). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −1) → (−1, 1)
(4, −2) → (−2, 4)
(2, −4) → (−4, 2) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −1), (4, −2), (2, −4) then C (−1, 1), (−2, 4), (−4, 2)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare the areas: 4 square units for A and 4 for C.
The size is unchanged, C is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (1, 1) from (0, 0) = 12 + 12 = 2
Distance2 of (−1, 1) from (0, 0) = −12 + 12 = 2
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (1, 1) (1 right, 1 up)
From C to (−1, 1): (−1, 1) (1 left, 1 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 2) about (0, 0) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (−2, 4), which matches the vertex (−2, 4) of C. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: rotation of 90° clockwise about (0, 0). Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (b, −a), then add the centre back on. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1): move from centre (1, 1) → turned (1, −1) → (1, −1)
(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (1, −4) → (1, −4)
(1, 3): move from centre (1, 3) → turned (3, −1) → (3, −1) - Then do the second transformation: rotation of 180° about (0, 0). Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (−a, −b), then add the centre back on. Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −1): move from centre (1, −1) → turned (−1, 1) → (−1, 1)
(1, −4): move from centre (1, −4) → turned (−1, 4) → (−1, 4)
(3, −1): move from centre (3, −1) → turned (−3, 1) → (−3, 1) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −1), (1, −4), (3, −1) then C (−1, 1), (−1, 4), (−3, 1)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, C is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (1, 1) from (0, 0) = 12 + 12 = 2
Distance2 of (−1, 1) from (0, 0) = −12 + 12 = 2
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (1, 1) (1 right, 1 up)
From C to (−1, 1): (−1, 1) (1 left, 1 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (0, 0) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (−1, 4), which matches the vertex (−1, 4) of C. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: reflection in the line x = 1. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 1: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 1 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(2, 2) → (2 × 1 − 2, 2) = (0, 2)
(5, 2) → (2 × 1 − 5, 2) = (−3, 2)
(4, 4) → (2 × 1 − 4, 4) = (−2, 4)
(2, 4) → (2 × 1 − 2, 4) = (0, 4) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line y = 1. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 1: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 1 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(0, 2) → (0, 2 × 1 − 2) = (0, 0)
(−3, 2) → (−3, 2 × 1 − 2) = (−3, 0)
(−2, 4) → (−2, 2 × 1 − 4) = (−2, −2)
(0, 4) → (0, 2 × 1 − 4) = (0, −2) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (0, 2), (−3, 2), (−2, 4), (0, 4) then C (0, 0), (−3, 0), (−2, −2), (0, −2)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, C is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. In a half turn, the centre is exactly half-way between a point and its image. Find the midpoint for two different vertices: they should be the same point.(2, 2) and (0, 0): midpoint (1, 1)
(5, 2) and (−3, 0): midpoint (1, 1)
Both midpoints are the same, so the centre is (1, 1). - Find the angle and direction. From C the moves to the vertex and to its image point in exactly opposite directions, so it is a half turn. For a half turn the direction does not matter.From C to (2, 2): (1, 1); from C to (0, 0): (−1, −1). Both signs have changed, so the angle is 180°.
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 180°, centre (1, 1)
Check. Rotate (5, 2) about (1, 1) by 180°: we get (−3, 0), which matches the vertex (−3, 0) of C. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
0. B is mapped to C by a reflection in the line x = 0. Describe fully the single transformation that maps A onto C. A has vertices at (1, 1), (3, 1), (1, 4).
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: translation by 2
0. Add 2 to every x and 0 to every y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1) → (1 + 2, 1 + 0) = (3, 1)
(3, 1) → (3 + 2, 1 + 0) = (5, 1)
(1, 4) → (1 + 2, 4 + 0) = (3, 4) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line x = 0. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 0: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 0 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(3, 1) → (2 × 0 − 3, 1) = (−3, 1)
(5, 1) → (2 × 0 − 5, 1) = (−5, 1)
(3, 4) → (2 × 0 − 3, 4) = (−3, 4) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (3, 1), (5, 1), (3, 4) then C (−3, 1), (−5, 1), (−3, 4)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, but C is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(1, 1) and (−3, 1): midpoint = ((1 + −3) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (−1, 1)
(3, 1) and (−5, 1): midpoint = ((3 + −5) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (−1, 1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have x = −1. The points are in a vertical line, so the mirror line is the vertical line x = −1.Mirror line: x = −1
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line x = −1
Check. Reflect (3, 1) in x = −1 and we get (−5, 1), which matches (−5, 1) in C. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
−3. Describe fully the single transformation that maps A onto C. A has vertices at (2, 2), (4, 2), (2, 5).
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: enlargement with scale factor 2 and centre (0, 0). Enlarge about (0, 0): multiply each move from the centre by 2, then add the centre back on. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(2, 2): move from centre (2, 2) × 2 = (4, 4) → (4, 4)
(4, 2): move from centre (4, 2) × 2 = (8, 4) → (8, 4)
(2, 5): move from centre (2, 5) × 2 = (4, 10) → (4, 10) - Then do the second transformation: translation by −3
−3. Add −3 to every x and −3 to every y. Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(4, 4) → (4 + (−3), 4 + (−3)) = (1, 1)
(8, 4) → (8 + (−3), 4 + (−3)) = (5, 1)
(4, 10) → (4 + (−3), 10 + (−3)) = (1, 7) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (4, 4), (8, 4), (4, 10) then C (1, 1), (5, 1), (1, 7)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 6 long in C.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 3 and the matching side of C is 6.
6 ÷ 3 = 2 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. C is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is larger than A.Scale factor = 2
- Find the centre of enlargement. Draw a straight line through a vertex of the object and the matching vertex of the image. Do the same for a second vertex. The centre is where the lines cross. (The lines are found here from their equations.)Line through (2, 2) and (1, 1): y = x
Line through (4, 2) and (5, 1): y = −x + 6
They cross at (3, 3), so C = (3, 3). - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 2, centre (3, 3)
Check. Enlarge (2, 2) from (3, 3) with scale factor 2: (3 + 2 × −1, 3 + 2 × −1) = (1, 1), which is the matching vertex of C. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
0. Shape C is found by doing the translation by 3
0 first and then the reflection in the line y = x. Is shape C in the same place as shape B? Show your working.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Work out the final image for each order, then compare them.
- Do transformation 1 then transformation 2. First reflection in the line y = x, then translation by 3
0.After the first: (2, 2), (2, 4), (3, 4), (3, 3), (5, 3), (5, 2)
After the second: (5, 2), (5, 4), (6, 4), (6, 3), (8, 3), (8, 2)
Call this shape B. - Now do them in the opposite order. First translation by 3
0, then reflection in the line y = x.After the first: (5, 2), (7, 2), (7, 3), (6, 3), (6, 5), (5, 5)
After the second: (2, 5), (2, 7), (3, 7), (3, 6), (5, 6), (5, 5)
Call this shape C. - Compare B and C. If the order did not matter, B and C would be in exactly the same place.B: (5, 2), (5, 4), (6, 4), (6, 3), (8, 3), (8, 2)
C: (2, 5), (2, 7), (3, 7), (3, 6), (5, 6), (5, 5)
The vertices are different, so the shapes are in different places.
Check. Look at the picture: B and C are not on top of each other. ✓
Watch out. Many pairs of transformations give different results when the order is swapped. (Two translations are one exception: they always give the same result.)
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Work out the final image for each order, then compare them.
- Do transformation 1 then transformation 2. First rotation of 90° anticlockwise about (1, 1), then reflection in the line x = 0.After the first: (1, 1), (0, 4), (−2, 2)
After the second: (−1, 1), (0, 4), (2, 2)
Call this shape B. - Now do them in the opposite order. First reflection in the line x = 0, then rotation of 90° anticlockwise about (1, 1).After the first: (−1, 1), (−4, 2), (−2, 4)
After the second: (1, −1), (0, −4), (−2, −2)
Call this shape C. - Compare B and C. If the order did not matter, B and C would be in exactly the same place.B: (−1, 1), (0, 4), (2, 2)
C: (1, −1), (0, −4), (−2, −2)
The vertices are different, so the shapes are in different places.
Check. Look at the picture: B and C are not on top of each other. ✓
Watch out. Many pairs of transformations give different results when the order is swapped. (Two translations are one exception: they always give the same result.)
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a translation does. A translation moves every point by the same vector, and the vector is not zero.Every point moves by 6
0. - Test a point. See if its image is the same as the point.(0, 0) → (6, 0), which is different.
- Write the answer. No point stays where it is.There are no invariant points.
Check. For a point to stay put we would need to add 0 to both coordinates, but we add 6 and 0. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a rotation does. Every point is moved (turned or stretched) about the centre, except the centre itself: it is at distance 0 from the centre, so it cannot move.The centre is (0, 0).
- Test the centre. Apply the transformation to the centre.(0, 0) → (0, 0)
- Write the answer. Only the centre is invariant (the scale factor is not 1, and the turn is not 0° or 360°).Invariant point: (0, 0) only.
Check. Test another point, (1, 1): it goes to (−1, −1), which is different, so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a rotation does. Every point is moved (turned or stretched) about the centre, except the centre itself: it is at distance 0 from the centre, so it cannot move.The centre is (1, 1).
- Test the centre. Apply the transformation to the centre.(1, 1) → (1, 1)
- Write the answer. Only the centre is invariant (the scale factor is not 1, and the turn is not 0° or 360°).Invariant point: (1, 1) only.
Check. Test another point, (2, 2): it goes to (0, 0), which is different, so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
−3
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Think about what the transformation does to each point, then find which points stay where they are.
- Say what an invariant point is. An invariant point is a point that does not move when the transformation is done.Invariant = unchanged
- Think about what a enlargement does. Every point is moved (turned or stretched) about the centre, except the centre itself: it is at distance 0 from the centre, so it cannot move.The centre is (3, 3).
- Test the centre. Apply the transformation to the centre.(3, 3) → (3, 3)
- Write the answer. Only the centre is invariant (the scale factor is not 1, and the turn is not 0° or 360°).Invariant point: (3, 3) only.
Check. Test another point, (4, 4): it goes to (5, 5), which is different, so it is not invariant. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse “invariant point” with “image”. An invariant point is its own image.
0.
Method. Follow a general point (a, b) through both reflections. A reflection in x = c sends a to 2c − a.
- First reflection, in x = p. The x-coordinate becomes 2p − a and y does not change.(a, b) → (2p − a, b)
- Second reflection, in x = q. The new x is 2q minus the old x.(2p − a, b) → (2q − (2p − a), b)
- Simplify. Take care with the brackets: −(2p − a) = −2p + a.2q − 2p + a = a + 2(q − p)
- Conclude. Every point moves 2(q − p) to the right and 0 up, whatever a and b are.The single transformation is a translation by 2(q − p)
0
Check. With p = 1 and q = 4: 2(4 − 1) = 6, which matches the translation by 6
0 seen in this section. ✓
Watch out. The translation is twice the distance between the mirror lines, not the distance from the shape to the lines.
Method. Follow the point (a, b) through the two reflections and compare with the rule for a half turn.
- Reflect in the x-axis. The sign of the y-coordinate changes.(a, b) → (a, −b)
- Reflect in the y-axis. The sign of the x-coordinate changes.(a, −b) → (−a, −b)
- Compare with a half turn about the origin. (a, b) → (−a, −b) is the rule for a rotation of 180° about the origin.The two give the same result for every point, so the combination is a half turn.
Check. Test with (3, 1): (3, 1) → (3, −1) → (−3, −1), and a half turn of (3, 1) gives (−3, −1). ✓
Watch out. A general point (a, b) turns an example into a proof.
2.
Method. Work out the final position of the point for each order. If they differ, order matters.
- Reflect in the x-axis, then translate. The reflection changes the sign of y.(2, 1) → (2, −1) → (2 + 3, −1 + 2) = (5, 1)
- Translate, then reflect in the x-axis. Translate first, then change the sign of y.(2, 1) → (2 + 3, 1 + 2) = (5, 3) → (5, −3)
- Compare. (5, 1) is not the same as (5, −3).The order does matter, so Jo is wrong.
Check. The point is a different place for each order, so one example is enough to disprove Jo. ✓
Watch out. One counter-example is enough to show that a statement is not always true.
Method. Follow (a, b) through each reflection using the diagonal-mirror rules.
- Reflect in y = x. Swap the coordinates.(a, b) → (b, a)
- Reflect in y = −x. Swap the coordinates and change both signs.(b, a) → (−a, −b)
- Identify. (a, b) → (−a, −b) is a half turn about the origin. The mirror lines cross at O at 90°, and 2 × 90° = 180°.Rotation, 180°, centre (0, 0)
Check. Test (3, 1): (3, 1) → (1, 3) → (−3, −1). ✓
Watch out. The angle of the rotation is twice the angle between the mirror lines.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: reflection in the line y = 0. Reflecting in a horizontal line y = 0: the x-coordinate stays the same and the new y is 2 × 0 − y. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1) → (1, 2 × 0 − 1) = (1, −1)
(4, 1) → (4, 2 × 0 − 1) = (4, −1)
(1, 3) → (1, 2 × 0 − 3) = (1, −3) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line y = x. Reflecting in y = x swaps the coordinates: (a, b) → (b, a). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −1) → (−1, 1)
(4, −1) → (−1, 4)
(1, −3) → (−3, 1) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −1), (4, −1), (1, −3) then C (−1, 1), (−1, 4), (−3, 1)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, C is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (1, 1) from (0, 0) = 12 + 12 = 2
Distance2 of (−1, 1) from (0, 0) = −12 + 12 = 2
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (1, 1): (1, 1) (1 right, 1 up)
From C to (−1, 1): (−1, 1) (1 left, 1 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 1) about (0, 0) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (−1, 4), which matches the vertex (−1, 4) of C. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Method. The two mirror lines cross at (2, 1), at right angles, so the combination should be a rotation of 180° about their crossing point. Check with a point.
- Find where the lines cross. The lines are x = 2 (vertical) and y = 1 (horizontal).They cross at (2, 1).
- Reflect (5, 3) in x = 2. The new x is 2 × 2 − 5 = −1.(5, 3) → (−1, 3)
- Reflect (−1, 3) in y = 1. The new y is 2 × 1 − 3 = −1.(−1, 3) → (−1, −1)
- Check the half turn. For a half turn about (2, 1), the centre is the midpoint of (5, 3) and its image (−1, −1).Midpoint = ((5 + (−1)) ÷ 2, (3 + (−1)) ÷ 2) = (2, 1)
- Write the answer. The lines are at 90°, so the angle is 2 × 90° = 180°.Rotation, 180°, centre (2, 1)
Check. Distance check: (5, 3) is 3 right and 2 up from (2, 1); (−1, −1) is 3 left and 2 down. ✓
Watch out. The centre of a rotation made by two reflections is where the mirror lines cross.
Congruent shapes and triangles
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape. You can place one exactly on top of the other, perhaps after turning it, sliding it or flipping it over. Reflections, rotations and translations all give congruent images. For congruent shapes, all matching (corresponding) sides are equal and all matching angles are equal.
For triangles we do not need to check all six facts (three sides and three angles). If three particular facts are equal, the rest are forced to be equal as well. There are four conditions to remember. For triangles ABC and PQR:
- SSS: all three sides are equal.
- SAS: two sides and the angle between them (the included angle) are equal.
- ASA: two angles and the side between them are equal. (If the equal side is not between the angles it is AAS, which also works because the third angle is then known too.)
- RHS: both are right-angled, the hypotenuses are equal and one other side is equal.
What does not work. Three equal angles (AAA) are not enough: triangles with the same angles can be different sizes. They are similar, not congruent (see section 21.8). Also, two sides and an angle that is not between them (SSA) is not enough. The picture below shows two different triangles that both have a 30° angle, a side of 10 cm next to it and a side of 6 cm opposite it.
Writing a proof. In a proof you must give a reason for every fact. Typical reasons are “given”, “common side” (shared by both triangles), “vertically opposite angles are equal”, “alternate angles are equal” (parallel lines) and “base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal”. Finish by naming the condition, for example “triangle ABC is congruent to triangle CDA (SAS)”, and write the vertices in matching order.
Key ideas
- Congruent shapes are exactly the same size and shape. Reflection, rotation and translation give congruent images.
- Triangles are congruent if: SSS, SAS (included angle), ASA (or AAS), or RHS.
- AAA is not enough (similar only). SSA is not enough (unless the angle is a right angle, which is RHS).
- In a proof, give a reason for each fact and name the condition. Write the vertices in matching order.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 6 cm, BC = 4 cm, CA = 5 cm
Triangle 2: PQ = 6 cm, QR = 4 cm, RP = 5 cm - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.AB = PQ = 6 cm (side)
BC = QR = 4 cm (side)
CA = RP = 5 cm (side) - Decide which condition is satisfied. SSS (side, side, side): all three sides of one triangle equal the three sides of the other triangle.The three equal parts make SSS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (SSS).
Check. Put the three sides in order: 4, 5, 6 in both triangles. If you cut one out and flip it over, it fits exactly. ✓
Watch out. Match the sides by length, not by where they appear on the page: the second triangle has been turned over.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 6 cm, AC = 8 cm, angle A = 40°
Triangle 2: PQ = 6 cm, PR = 8 cm, angle P = 40° - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.AB = PQ = 6 cm (side)
angle A = angle P = 40° (angle, between the two sides)
AC = PR = 8 cm (side) - Decide which condition is satisfied. SAS (side, angle, side): two sides and the angle between them (the included angle) are equal.The three equal parts make SAS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (SAS).
Check. Use the cosine rule to find BC and QR: both are √(62 + 82 − 2 × 6 × 8 × cos 40°) = 5.14 cm, so all three sides match. ✓
Watch out. The angle must be between the two sides. A 40° angle in another position would not be enough.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape. The included angle is the angle between two given sides.
Method. Check the known facts against the four conditions for congruent triangles. If none is satisfied, we cannot conclude that the triangles are congruent.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angles 40°, 60°, 80° (no sides given)
Triangle 2: angles 40°, 60°, 80° (no sides given) - Compare with the four conditions. To be sure, the facts must match SSS, SAS, ASA/AAS or RHS.Three equal angles is AAA, which is not one of the conditions: no side is known to be equal.
- State the conclusion. If none of the conditions is met, we cannot say that the triangles are congruent.The triangles are not necessarily congruent.
Check. Draw a triangle with angles 40°, 60° and 80° with a base of 5 cm, then another with a base of 10 cm: both have the same angles but different sizes. ✓
Watch out. AAA proves the triangles are similar (same shape) but not congruent (same size).
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: right angle at B, AC = 13 cm (hypotenuse), BC = 5 cm
Triangle 2: right angle at Q, PR = 13 cm (hypotenuse), QR = 5 cm - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.angle B = angle Q = 90° (right angle)
AC = PR = 13 cm (hypotenuse)
BC = QR = 5 cm (side) - Decide which condition is satisfied. RHS (right angle, hypotenuse, side): both triangles have a right angle, the hypotenuses are equal and one other pair of sides is equal.The three equal parts make RHS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (RHS).
Check. Pythagoras gives the missing side in each triangle: √(132 − 52) = √144 = 12 cm, so all three sides match. ✓
Watch out. The side must be a different side from the hypotenuse, and the equal angle must be the right angle.
Key words. A proof is a chain of reasons that shows a statement is always true. Each line must have a reason, such as “given”, “common side”, “alternate angles” or “vertically opposite angles”.
Method. To prove triangles are congruent, state three pairs of equal parts, each with a reason, name the condition (SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS), and then write the conclusion.
- AB = CD Opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal (marked with one tick).
- BC = DA Opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal (marked with two ticks).
- AC = CA AC is a common side, shared by both triangles.
- Conclusion. All the facts needed for SSS are shown.Triangle ABC is congruent to triangle CDA (SSS).
Check. The matching vertices are A ↔ C, B ↔ D, C ↔ A, and the pairs of sides match: AB = CD, BC = DA, AC = CA. ✓
Watch out. Write the vertices in matching order: triangle ABC is congruent to triangle CDA, not triangle ACD.
Watch out
Check that the equal parts are in the correct positions. For SAS the angle must be between the two equal sides. AAA and SSA do not prove congruence. In a proof, write the vertices in matching order and give a reason for every statement.Exercise 21G Congruent triangles
Non-calculatorKey words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 9 cm, BC = 7 cm, CA = 8 cm
Triangle 2: PQ = 9 cm, QR = 7 cm, RP = 8 cm - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.AB = PQ = 9 cm
BC = QR = 7 cm
CA = RP = 8 cm - Decide which condition is satisfied. SSS (side, side, side): all three sides of one triangle equal the three sides of the other triangle.The three equal parts make SSS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (SSS).
Check. The three sides are 7, 8, 9 in both triangles. ✓
Watch out. Match sides by length.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 5 cm, AC = 7 cm, angle A = 50°
Triangle 2: PQ = 5 cm, PR = 7 cm, angle P = 50° - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.AB = PQ = 5 cm
angle A = angle P = 50° (between the sides)
AC = PR = 7 cm - Decide which condition is satisfied. SAS (side, angle, side): two sides and the angle between them (the included angle) are equal.The three equal parts make SAS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (SAS).
Check. The included angle is the one between the two 5 cm and 7 cm sides. ✓
Watch out. Check that the angle is between the two sides.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angle B = 40°, angle C = 70°, BC = 6 cm (between B and C)
Triangle 2: angle Q = 40°, angle R = 70°, QR = 6 cm (between Q and R) - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.angle B = angle Q = 40°
BC = QR = 6 cm (side between the angles)
angle C = angle R = 70° - Decide which condition is satisfied. ASA (angle, side, angle): two angles and the side between them are equal.The three equal parts make ASA.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (ASA).
Check. The third angles are 180 − 40 − 70 = 70 and 180 − 40 − 70 = 70: they agree too. ✓
Watch out. The side must be between the two angles for ASA. If it is not, it is AAS, which also works.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angle B = 50°, angle C = 60°, CA = 7 cm (opposite B, not between B and C)
Triangle 2: angle Q = 50°, angle R = 60°, RP = 7 cm - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.angle B = angle Q = 50°
angle C = angle R = 60°
CA = RP = 7 cm (a side not between the two angles) - Decide which condition is satisfied. AAS (angle, angle, side): two angles and a side that is not between them are equal. This is a form of ASA, because the third angle is fixed by the angle sum.The three equal parts make AAS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (AAS).
Check. Third angles: 180 − 50 − 60 = 70 in both, so the side 7 cm is between the 70° and 60° angles in each: ASA. ✓
Watch out. Work out the third angle if the equal side is not between the two given angles.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape. The included angle is the angle between two given sides.
Method. Check the known facts against the four conditions for congruent triangles. If none is satisfied, we cannot conclude that the triangles are congruent.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angles 40°, 60°, 80° (no sides given)
Triangle 2: angles 40°, 60°, 80° (no sides given) - Compare with the four conditions. To be sure, the facts must match SSS, SAS, ASA/AAS or RHS.Three equal angles is AAA, which is not one of the conditions: no side is known to be equal.
- State the conclusion. If none of the conditions is met, we cannot say that the triangles are congruent.The triangles are not necessarily congruent.
Check. Draw a triangle with angles 40°, 60° and 80° with a base of 5 cm, then another with a base of 10 cm: both have the same angles but different sizes. ✓
Watch out. AAA proves the triangles are similar (same shape) but not congruent (same size).
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape. The included angle is the angle between two given sides.
Method. Check the known facts against the four conditions for congruent triangles. If none is satisfied, we cannot conclude that the triangles are congruent.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 5 cm, AC = 7 cm, angle A = 40°
Triangle 2: PQ = 5 cm, PR = 7 cm, angle P = 60° - Compare with the four conditions. To be sure, the facts must match SSS, SAS, ASA/AAS or RHS.Two sides are equal but the angles between them are different (40° and 60°), so SAS is not satisfied. The third sides would be different lengths.
- State the conclusion. If none of the conditions is met, we cannot say that the triangles are congruent.The triangles are not necessarily congruent.
Check. Use the cosine rule: BC2 = 25 + 49 − 70 cos 40° ≈ 20.4 and QR2 = 74 − 70 cos 60° = 39, so the third sides differ. ✓
Watch out. Equal angles are needed too, and they must be the angles between the equal sides.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape. The included angle is the angle between two given sides.
Method. Check the known facts against the four conditions for congruent triangles. If none is satisfied, we cannot conclude that the triangles are congruent.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 5, BC = 6, CA = 7
Triangle 2: PQ = 5, QR = 6, RP = 8 - Compare with the four conditions. To be sure, the facts must match SSS, SAS, ASA/AAS or RHS.Two pairs of sides are equal (5 and 6) but the third pair is not (7 and 8), so SSS is not satisfied. No other condition applies.
- State the conclusion. If none of the conditions is met, we cannot say that the triangles are congruent.The triangles are not necessarily congruent.
Check. Check the sides in order: 5, 6, 7 and 5, 6, 8. The lists are not the same. ✓
Watch out. All three sides must match for SSS, not just two.
Method. Check what is known about each triangle against the four conditions.
- List the facts. Triangle ABC: three angles only. Triangle PQR: three angles and a side.No pair of equal sides is known.
- Compare with the conditions. All four conditions need at least one pair of equal sides. We have three equal angles (AAA) only.AAA does not prove congruence.
- Give an example. ABC could be an enlargement of PQR, with the same angles but all lengths doubled.Triangle ABC could be bigger than PQR.
Check. A triangle with angles 50°, 60° and 70° with a side of 10 cm fits the angle facts and is not congruent to one with PQ = 5 cm. ✓
Watch out. Equal angles give similar triangles. To get congruent triangles you need a pair of equal sides as well.
Method. Find the position of the angle in relation to the two sides.
- Find which sides the angle is between. Angle B is between sides BA and BC. The two given sides are AB and AC, which meet at A, not at B.The 40° angle is not between the two given sides.
- Match with the conditions. This is two sides and a non-included angle (SSA), which is not a condition for congruence.SAS is not satisfied.
- Conclude. Two different triangles can have the same SSA information.Not necessarily congruent.
Check. Compare with the picture in this section: two different triangles share a 30° angle, a 10 cm side and a 6 cm opposite side. ✓
Watch out. Always check that the angle is between the two sides before using SAS.
Key words. A proof is a chain of reasons that shows a statement is always true. Each line must have a reason, such as “given”, “common side”, “alternate angles” or “vertically opposite angles”.
Method. To prove triangles are congruent, state three pairs of equal parts, each with a reason, name the condition (SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS), and then write the conclusion.
- AB = AD Given (marked with one tick).
- CB = CD Given (marked with two ticks).
- AC = AC AC is a common side of both triangles.
- Conclusion. All the facts needed for SSS are shown.Triangle ABC is congruent to triangle ADC (SSS).
Check. Corresponding angles will then be equal, for example angle BAC = angle DAC, which shows that the diagonal AC bisects the angles at A and C. ✓
Watch out. Say “common side” for a side shared by both triangles; it counts as a pair of equal sides.
Key words. A proof is a chain of reasons that shows a statement is always true. Each line must have a reason, such as “given”, “common side”, “alternate angles” or “vertically opposite angles”.
Method. To prove triangles are congruent, state three pairs of equal parts, each with a reason, name the condition (SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS), and then write the conclusion.
- AB = AC Given: the triangle is isosceles.
- BM = CM M is the midpoint of BC.
- AM = AM Common side.
- Conclusion. All the facts needed for SSS are shown.Triangle ABM is congruent to triangle ACM (SSS).
Check. It follows that angle ABM = angle ACM, which proves that the base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal. ✓
Watch out. A midpoint splits a line into two equal parts. Use it as a reason.
Key words. A proof is a chain of reasons that shows a statement is always true. Each line must have a reason, such as “given”, “common side”, “alternate angles” or “vertically opposite angles”.
Method. To prove triangles are congruent, state three pairs of equal parts, each with a reason, name the condition (SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS), and then write the conclusion.
- AM = BM M is the midpoint of AB.
- angle AMC = angle BMD Vertically opposite angles are equal.
- CM = DM M is the midpoint of CD.
- Conclusion. All the facts needed for SAS are shown.Triangle AMC is congruent to triangle BMD (SAS).
Check. The equal angle is between the two pairs of equal sides: AM and CM make angle AMC, BM and DM make angle BMD. ✓
Watch out. The included angle must be between the two equal sides. Here the vertically opposite angles are between them.
Method. Find the area of one triangle, then double it, because two congruent triangles have equal areas.
- Check for a right angle. Test Pythagoras with the sides 6, 8, 10.62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100 = 102, so the angle at B is 90°.
- Find the area of triangle ABC. Area = ½ × base × height with the two shorter sides as base and height.½ × 6 × 8 = 24 cm2
- Find the area of the parallelogram. Congruent triangles have equal areas, and the two triangles fill the parallelogram.2 × 24 = 48 cm2
Check. The parallelogram has base 8 and perpendicular height 6, so area = 8 × 6 = 48 cm². ✓
Watch out. Congruent shapes always have the same area and perimeter.
Exercise 21H Congruence: more practice and proof
Non-calculatorKey words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 5, BC = 7, CA = 9
Triangle 2: PQ = 5, QR = 7, RP = 9 - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.AB = PQ = 5
BC = QR = 7
CA = RP = 9 - Decide which condition is satisfied. SSS (side, side, side): all three sides of one triangle equal the three sides of the other triangle.The three equal parts make SSS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (SSS).
Check. Put the sides in order: 5, 7, 9 in both triangles. ✓
Watch out. Match sides by length.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 6, angle B = 50°, BC = 8
Triangle 2: PQ = 6, angle Q = 50°, QR = 8 - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.AB = PQ = 6
angle B = angle Q = 50° (between AB and BC, and between PQ and QR)
BC = QR = 8 - Decide which condition is satisfied. SAS (side, angle, side): two sides and the angle between them (the included angle) are equal.The three equal parts make SAS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (SAS).
Check. In both triangles the 50° angle is the angle between the 6 and the 8. ✓
Watch out. The angle must be between the two sides.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angle A = 40°, angle B = 60°, AB = 7
Triangle 2: angle P = 40°, angle Q = 60°, PQ = 7 - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.angle A = angle P = 40°
AB = PQ = 7 (the side between angles A and B, and between angles P and Q)
angle B = angle Q = 60° - Decide which condition is satisfied. ASA (angle, side, angle): two angles and the side between them are equal.The three equal parts make ASA.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (ASA).
Check. The third angles are both 180 − 40 − 60 = 80°. ✓
Watch out. The side AB lies between angle A and angle B.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape. The included angle is the angle between two given sides.
Method. Check the known facts against the four conditions for congruent triangles. If none is satisfied, we cannot conclude that the triangles are congruent.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angle A = 30°, angle B = 70°, angle C = 80°
Triangle 2: angle P = 30°, angle Q = 70°, angle R = 80° - Compare with the four conditions. To be sure, the facts must match SSS, SAS, ASA/AAS or RHS.Three equal angles is AAA. No side is known to be equal, so none of SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS applies.
- State the conclusion. If none of the conditions is met, we cannot say that the triangles are congruent.The triangles are not necessarily congruent.
Check. A triangle with these angles can be enlarged to any size and keep its angles. ✓
Watch out. AAA gives similar triangles, not congruent ones.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angle B = 90°, AC = 10, AB = 6
Triangle 2: angle Q = 90°, PR = 10, PQ = 6 - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.angle B = angle Q = 90° (right angle)
AC = PR = 10 (hypotenuse, opposite the right angle)
AB = PQ = 6 - Decide which condition is satisfied. RHS (right angle, hypotenuse, side): both triangles have a right angle, the hypotenuses are equal and one other pair of sides is equal.The three equal parts make RHS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (RHS).
Check. By Pythagoras the third sides are both √(100 − 36) = 8. ✓
Watch out. RHS needs the right angle, the hypotenuse and one other side.
Method. Check which of the four conditions Ella has used.
- List what Ella knows. Two angles in each triangle, and so the third angles are equal as well (70°). No side lengths are given.Angles only: 50°, 60°, 70°
- Compare with the conditions. Every condition needs at least one equal pair of sides.AAA is not a condition.
- Show that Ella is wrong. Two triangles with the same angles can be different sizes.A triangle with a 5 cm base and one with a 10 cm base can have the same angles but are not congruent.
Check. This is why we use the word similar for triangles with equal angles. ✓
Watch out. You need at least one side as well as angles.
Method. Congruent shapes must have all matching sides equal, not only the same perimeter.
- Check the perimeters. 2 × (6 + 2) and 2 × (5 + 3).16 cm and 16 cm: equal
- Check the sides. Congruent rectangles would need the same length and the same width.6 by 2 is different from 5 by 3.
- Conclude. The areas differ too: 12 cm2 and 15 cm2.The rectangles are not congruent.
Check. If two shapes are congruent, their areas must also be equal. Here 12 ≠ 15. ✓
Watch out. Equal perimeters are not enough to prove congruence.
Method. Think about what reflections and rotations do to a shape.
- First transformation. A reflection flips the shape but does not change any length or angle.A and B are congruent.
- Second transformation. A rotation turns the shape but does not change any length or angle.B and C are congruent.
- Link them together. If A fits exactly onto B and B fits exactly onto C, then A fits exactly onto C (maybe after being flipped).A and C are congruent.
Check. Only an enlargement would change the size of the shape. ✓
Watch out. Congruent shapes may be flipped or turned: they are still congruent.
Method. Congruent triangles have the same perimeter, because their sides are equal in pairs.
- State the perimeter of PQR. It is the same as the perimeter of ABC.Perimeter of PQR = 24 cm
- Add the two known sides. PQ + QR = 7 + 9.7 + 9 = 16 cm
- Take this away from the perimeter. What is left is PR.24 − 16 = 8 cm
Check. 7 + 9 + 8 = 24. ✓
Watch out. Congruent shapes have equal perimeters and equal areas.
Method. For squares, equal side lengths are enough, since all the angles are 90°.
- Work out the side of each square. A square has four equal sides, so side = perimeter ÷ 4.20 ÷ 4 = 5 cm
- Compare the angles. Every angle in a square is 90°.All angles are 90° in both squares.
- Conclude. The sides are equal and the angles are equal.The squares are congruent.
Check. Area = 5 × 5 = 25 cm2 for both. ✓
Watch out. All squares have the same angles. Only the side lengths decide whether two squares are congruent.
Key words. A proof is a chain of reasons that shows a statement is always true. Each line must have a reason, such as “given”, “common side”, “alternate angles” or “vertically opposite angles”.
Method. To prove triangles are congruent, state three pairs of equal parts, each with a reason, name the condition (SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS), and then write the conclusion.
- AB = AD All four sides of a rhombus are equal.
- BC = DC All four sides of a rhombus are equal.
- AC = AC AC is a common side of both triangles.
- Conclusion. All the facts needed for SSS are shown.Triangle ABC is congruent to triangle ADC (SSS).
Check. The matching angles are equal, so the diagonal AC bisects angle A and angle C. ✓
Watch out. State why the sides are equal (“all sides of a rhombus are equal”).
Key words. Corresponding sides of congruent triangles are the sides in the same position. They are equal.
Method. To prove the triangles congruent, find two pairs of equal sides and the equal angles between them (SAS). Then corresponding sides of congruent triangles are equal.
- AB = DC Opposite sides of a rectangle are equal.Equal sides: AB = DC
- Angle ABC = angle DCB Every angle of a rectangle is a right angle.Both are 90°, and each is between the equal sides AB, BC and DC, CB.
- BC = CB BC is a common side.Third pair of equal sides
- Conclude the congruence. Two sides and the angle between them are equal: SAS.Triangle ABC is congruent to triangle DCB (SAS).
- Deduce the diagonals. Corresponding sides of congruent triangles are equal. AC in the first triangle matches DB in the second.AC = DB, so the diagonals are equal.
Check. In a 6 by 8 rectangle, both diagonals are √(36 + 64) = 10. ✓
Watch out. “Hence” means: use the result you have just proved.
Key words. A proof is a chain of reasons that shows a statement is always true. Each line must have a reason, such as “given”, “common side”, “alternate angles” or “vertically opposite angles”.
Method. To prove triangles are congruent, state three pairs of equal parts, each with a reason, name the condition (SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS), and then write the conclusion.
- AB = CD Given.
- angle BAC = angle DCA Alternate angles are equal, because AB is parallel to DC and AC crosses both lines.
- AC = CA Common side.
- Conclusion. All the facts needed for SAS are shown.Triangle ABC is congruent to triangle CDA (SAS).
Check. The angle BAC is between AB and AC, and the angle DCA is between CD and CA, so it is the included angle in both triangles. ✓
Watch out. Alternate angles need parallel lines; give the reason.
Method. Find where the 30° angle is in relation to the two sides.
- Locate the angle. Angle A is between AC and AB. The two sides given are AC and BC.Angle A is not between AC and BC.
- Name the pattern. Two sides and an angle that is not between them is SSA, which is not a condition for congruence.SSA is not enough.
- Explain with the diagram. Swing the 6 cm side round from C: it can meet the line from A at two different points, B1 and B2. Both triangles have A = 30°, AC = 10 cm and a 6 cm side opposite A.Two different triangles fit the information, so they need not be congruent.
Check. In triangle AB2C the angle at B is obtuse, but in triangle AB1C it is acute, so the triangles are different. ✓
Watch out. For SAS, check that the angle is between the two sides.
Similar shapes and scale factors
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other. They have exactly the same shape but can be different sizes (one might also be turned or flipped). For similar shapes:
- all corresponding angles are equal;
- all corresponding sides are in the same ratio. This ratio, large ÷ small, is the scale factor.
Corresponding sides are the ones in the same position in both shapes. For example, the shortest side of one triangle matches the shortest side of the similar triangle. Remember the difference: congruent shapes are the same size and shape; similar shapes are the same shape but not necessarily the same size.
Finding a missing length. (1) Find a pair of corresponding sides that you know both lengths of. (2) Work out the scale factor: larger ÷ smaller. (3) Use it on the side you want: multiply if you are going from the small shape to the large shape, divide if you are going from the large shape to the small one.
Are two shapes similar? Check that all pairs of corresponding sides are in the same ratio. A rectangle 4 cm by 6 cm and a rectangle 6 cm by 9 cm are similar: 6 ÷ 4 = 1.5 and 9 ÷ 6 = 1.5. A 4 cm by 6 cm rectangle and a 6 cm by 8 cm rectangle are not similar, since 6 ÷ 4 = 1.5 but 8 ÷ 6 = 1.33…. (For triangles, equal angles are enough: you do not need to check the sides.)
Similar triangles from parallel lines. Parallel lines create similar triangles. If DE is parallel to BC in triangle ABC, then triangle ADE is similar to triangle ABC. The angle at A is shared, and the corresponding angles ADE and ABC are equal, and so are AED and ACB. Note that the matching side to AD is the whole of AB, not DB. Two triangles that meet at a point (a “bow-tie” shape) with a pair of parallel sides are also similar, because the alternate angles are equal and the vertically opposite angles are equal.
Proving two triangles are similar (Higher). Show that two angles are equal (the third then must be equal as well), and give a reason for each pair: parallel lines (corresponding or alternate angles), vertically opposite angles, a common angle, or angles in a triangle that add up to 180°. Then state: “the triangles are similar (equal angles)”.
Key ideas
- Similar shapes: equal corresponding angles and corresponding sides in the same ratio. The ratio is the scale factor.
- Scale factor = length on the larger shape ÷ matching length on the smaller shape.
- Small to large: multiply by the scale factor. Large to small: divide.
- Parallel lines make similar triangles; look for a common angle, alternate or corresponding angles, or vertically opposite angles.
- Congruent = same size and shape. Similar = same shape, any size.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 6 cm (small shape) and 9 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.9 cm ÷ 6 cm = 32
So the large shape is 32 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 5 cm × 32 = 7.5 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 7.5 cm
Check. Ratio check: 7.5 cm ÷ 5 cm = 32, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 4 cm (small shape) and 10 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.10 cm ÷ 4 cm = 52
So the large shape is 52 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the small shape and we know the matching side on the large shape. Going from large to small we divide by the scale factor.x = 15 cm ÷ 52 = 6 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 6 cm
Check. Ratio check: 15 cm ÷ 6 cm = 52, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 6 m (small shape) and 12 m (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.12 m ÷ 6 m = 2
So the large shape is 2 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 5 m × 2 = 10 m
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 10 m
Check. Ratio check: 10 m ÷ 5 m = 2, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Parallel lines make triangles ADE and ABC similar. Find the scale factor from a pair of sides we know, then use it on the side we need.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. We may only use scale factors if the triangles are similar. Parallel lines give equal corresponding angles.DE is parallel to BC, so angle ADE = angle ABC (corresponding angles) and angle AED = angle ACB (corresponding angles). Angle A is common to both triangles. All three angles match, so triangles ADE and ABC are similar.
- Find AB. AB is the whole side. The small triangle ADE uses AD, and the large triangle ABC uses AB = AD + DB.AB = AD + DB = 4 cm + 6 cm = 10 cm
- Find the scale factor from the small triangle to the large triangle. Scale factor = length in ABC ÷ matching length in ADE. AB matches AD.AB ÷ AD = 10 cm ÷ 4 cm = 52
- Use it to find BC. BC matches DE. Going from the small triangle to the large one, multiply.BC = DE × 52 = 8 cm × 52 = 20 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. x = 20 cm
Check. Ratio check: AD : AB = 4 : 10 and DE : BC = 8 : 20. Both equal 25 when written as a fraction. ✓
Watch out. The side AB of the large triangle is the whole side AD + DB. Do not use DB alone as the matching side for AD.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. The crossing lines make triangles XAB and XCD similar. Find the scale factor from a pair of sides we know, then use it on the side we need.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. Parallel lines give equal alternate angles, and crossing lines give equal vertically opposite angles.AB is parallel to CD, so angle XAB = angle XCD (alternate angles) and angle XBA = angle XDC (alternate angles). Angle AXB = angle CXD (vertically opposite angles). All three angles match, so triangles XAB and XCD are similar.
- Find the scale factor from the small triangle to the large triangle. XA matches XC. Scale factor = XC ÷ XA.4.5 cm ÷ 3 cm = 32
- Use it to find CD. CD matches AB. Multiply by the scale factor.CD = AB × 32 = 5 cm × 32 = 7.5 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. x = 7.5 cm
Check. Ratio check: CD ÷ AB = 7.5 cm ÷ 5 cm = 32. ✓
Watch out. Match the sides by position: XA matches XC, XB matches XD and AB matches CD. The small triangle is the one at the top.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. The man and the tree make similar right-angled triangles with the sun’s rays, because the sun’s rays are parallel and both stand vertically. Use the scale factor from the shadows.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. The man and the tree are both vertical, the ground is horizontal and the rays of the sun are parallel. So the triangles have equal angles.Man’s triangle and tree’s triangle are similar.
- Find the scale factor from the man’s shadow to the tree’s shadow. The shadows match each other. Scale factor = tree shadow ÷ man shadow.10 ÷ 2.4 = 25 ÷ 6 = 256
- Use it to find the height of the tree. The heights match each other. Multiply the man’s height by the scale factor.1.8 × 256 = 45 ÷ 6 = 7.5 m
Check. Check the ratio the other way: 1.8 ÷ 2.4 = 0.75 and 7.5 ÷ 10 = 0.75. ✓
Watch out. Match shadow to shadow and height to height. Do not match the height of one with the shadow of the other.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Write the scale factor two ways: from the lengths we know and from the lengths with x. They must be equal, so we get an equation to solve.
- Find the scale factor from AB to PQ. Scale factor = PQ ÷ AB.9 ÷ 6 = 1.5
- Write QR in terms of BC using the scale factor. QR matches BC, and every length on PQR is 1.5 times the matching length on ABC.x + 4 = 1.5 × x
- Solve the equation. Subtract x from both sides, then divide by 0.5.4 = 1.5x − x = 0.5x
x = 4 ÷ 0.5 = 8
Check. BC = 8 cm and QR = 12 cm, and 12 ÷ 8 = 1.5. ✓
Watch out. Write the scale factor as a number first, then form the equation. Do not mix the two triangles up.
Watch out
Match the corresponding sides carefully: the side opposite the same angle, or in the same position. In the nested triangle, the side matching AD is AB (the whole side), not DB. Also remember: from the small shape to the large shape multiply; from the large shape to the small shape divide.Exercise 21I Similar shapes and missing lengths
Non-calculatorKey words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 5 cm (small shape) and 10 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.10 cm ÷ 5 cm = 2
So the large shape is 2 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 3 cm × 2 = 6 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 6 cm
Check. Ratio check: 6 cm ÷ 3 cm = 2, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 4 cm (small shape) and 12 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.12 cm ÷ 4 cm = 3
So the large shape is 3 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 3 cm × 3 = 9 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 9 cm
Check. Ratio check: 9 cm ÷ 3 cm = 3, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 6 cm (small shape) and 12 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.12 cm ÷ 6 cm = 2
So the large shape is 2 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 5 cm × 2 = 10 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 10 cm
Check. Ratio check: 10 cm ÷ 5 cm = 2, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 4 cm (small shape) and 10 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.10 cm ÷ 4 cm = 52
So the large shape is 52 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the small shape and we know the matching side on the large shape. Going from large to small we divide by the scale factor.x = 15 cm ÷ 52 = 6 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 6 cm
Check. Ratio check: 15 cm ÷ 6 cm = 52, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 5 cm (small shape) and 15 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.15 cm ÷ 5 cm = 3
So the large shape is 3 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the small shape and we know the matching side on the large shape. Going from large to small we divide by the scale factor.x = 12 cm ÷ 3 = 4 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 4 cm
Check. Ratio check: 12 cm ÷ 4 cm = 3, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 6 cm (small shape) and 9 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.9 cm ÷ 6 cm = 32
So the large shape is 32 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 4 cm × 32 = 6 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 6 cm
Check. Ratio check: 6 cm ÷ 4 cm = 32, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 8 m (small shape) and 12 m (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.12 m ÷ 8 m = 32
So the large shape is 32 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 3 m × 32 = 4.5 m
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 4.5 m
Check. Ratio check: 4.5 m ÷ 3 m = 32, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Method. The ratio 2 : 5 tells us that for every 2 units on the small shape there are 5 units on the large shape. Find how many times the ratio fits into 8 cm.
- Find the multiplier. 2 parts of the ratio are 8 cm, so 1 part is 4 cm.8 ÷ 2 = 4 cm per part
- Find the larger side. The larger shape has 5 parts.5 × 4 = 20 cm
Check. 20 ÷ 8 = 2.5 and 5 ÷ 2 = 2.5, so the scale factor is 2.5 either way. ✓
Watch out. Do not add or subtract: 8 + 3 = 11 would be wrong. Similar shapes are linked by multiplying.
Method. Two rectangles are similar if their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.
- Pair up the matching sides. The lengths match each other and the widths match each other.4 cm and 6 cm; 6 cm and 9 cm
- Work out the scale factor for each pair. Larger ÷ smaller. If the shapes are similar, both pairs give the same scale factor.6 ÷ 4 = 32
9 ÷ 6 = 32 - Compare. Similar rectangles need the same scale factor for both pairs of sides.The scale factors are the same, so the rectangles are similar.
Check. As ratios: 4 : 6 = 6 : 9? Both simplify to 2 : 3. ✓
Watch out. All angles in rectangles are 90°, so only the sides need checking.
Method. Two rectangles are similar if their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.
- Pair up the matching sides. The lengths match each other and the widths match each other.3 cm and 6 cm; 5 cm and 9 cm
- Work out the scale factor for each pair. Larger ÷ smaller. If the shapes are similar, both pairs give the same scale factor.6 ÷ 3 = 2
9 ÷ 5 = 95 - Compare. Similar rectangles need the same scale factor for both pairs of sides.The scale factors are different, so the rectangles are not similar.
Check. As ratios: 3 : 5 = 6 : 9? They do not simplify to the same ratio. ✓
Watch out. All angles in rectangles are 90°, so only the sides need checking.
Method. Two rectangles are similar if their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.
- Pair up the matching sides. The lengths match each other and the widths match each other.2 cm and 4 cm; 5 cm and 10 cm
- Work out the scale factor for each pair. Larger ÷ smaller. If the shapes are similar, both pairs give the same scale factor.4 ÷ 2 = 2
10 ÷ 5 = 2 - Compare. Similar rectangles need the same scale factor for both pairs of sides.The scale factors are the same, so the rectangles are similar.
Check. As ratios: 2 : 5 = 4 : 10? Both simplify to 2 : 5. ✓
Watch out. All angles in rectangles are 90°, so only the sides need checking.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Parallel lines make triangles ADE and ABC similar. Find the scale factor from a pair of sides we know, then use it on the side we need.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. We may only use scale factors if the triangles are similar. Parallel lines give equal corresponding angles.DE is parallel to BC, so angle ADE = angle ABC (corresponding angles) and angle AED = angle ACB (corresponding angles). Angle A is common to both triangles. All three angles match, so triangles ADE and ABC are similar.
- Find AB. AB is the whole side. The small triangle ADE uses AD, and the large triangle ABC uses AB = AD + DB.AB = AD + DB = 4 cm + 6 cm = 10 cm
- Find the scale factor from the small triangle to the large triangle. Scale factor = length in ABC ÷ matching length in ADE. AB matches AD.AB ÷ AD = 10 cm ÷ 4 cm = 52
- Use it to find BC. BC matches DE. Going from the small triangle to the large one, multiply.BC = DE × 52 = 8 cm × 52 = 20 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. x = 20 cm
Check. Ratio check: AD : AB = 4 : 10 and DE : BC = 8 : 20. Both equal 25 when written as a fraction. ✓
Watch out. The side AB of the large triangle is the whole side AD + DB. Do not use DB alone as the matching side for AD.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Parallel lines make triangles ADE and ABC similar. Find the scale factor from a pair of sides we know, then use it on the side we need.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. We may only use scale factors if the triangles are similar. Parallel lines give equal corresponding angles.DE is parallel to BC, so angle ADE = angle ABC (corresponding angles) and angle AED = angle ACB (corresponding angles). Angle A is common to both triangles. All three angles match, so triangles ADE and ABC are similar.
- Find AB. AB is the whole side. The small triangle ADE uses AD, and the large triangle ABC uses AB = AD + DB.AB = AD + DB = 3 cm + 2 cm = 5 cm
- Find the scale factor from the small triangle to the large triangle. Scale factor = length in ABC ÷ matching length in ADE. AB matches AD.AB ÷ AD = 5 cm ÷ 3 cm = 53
- Use it to find DE. DE matches BC. Going from the large triangle to the small one, divide.DE = BC ÷ 53 = 15 cm ÷ 53 = 9 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. x = 9 cm
Check. Ratio check: DE : BC = 9 : 15 = 35 (as a fraction), the same as AD : AB = 3 : 5. ✓
Watch out. The side AB of the large triangle is the whole side AD + DB. Do not use DB alone as the matching side for AD.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Parallel lines make triangles ADE and ABC similar. Find the scale factor from a pair of sides we know, then use it on the side we need.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. We may only use scale factors if the triangles are similar. Parallel lines give equal corresponding angles.DE is parallel to BC, so angle ADE = angle ABC (corresponding angles) and angle AED = angle ACB (corresponding angles). Angle A is common to both triangles. All three angles match, so triangles ADE and ABC are similar.
- Find AB and the scale factor. AB = AD + DB. The scale factor from ADE to ABC is AB ÷ AD.AB = 6 cm + 3 cm = 9 cm
Scale factor = 9 cm ÷ 6 cm = 32 - Find the whole side AC. AC matches AE. Multiply by the scale factor.AC = AE × 32 = 8 cm × 32 = 12 cm
- Find EC. EC is the rest of AC after AE.EC = AC − AE = 12 cm − 8 cm = 4 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. x = 4 cm
Check. Check the ratio AE : EC = 8 : 4 and AD : DB = 6 : 3: both simplify to 2. ✓
Watch out. The side AB of the large triangle is the whole side AD + DB. Do not use DB alone as the matching side for AD.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. The crossing lines make triangles XAB and XCD similar. Find the scale factor from a pair of sides we know, then use it on the side we need.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. Parallel lines give equal alternate angles, and crossing lines give equal vertically opposite angles.AB is parallel to CD, so angle XAB = angle XCD (alternate angles) and angle XBA = angle XDC (alternate angles). Angle AXB = angle CXD (vertically opposite angles). All three angles match, so triangles XAB and XCD are similar.
- Find the scale factor from the small triangle to the large triangle. XA matches XC. Scale factor = XC ÷ XA.4.5 cm ÷ 3 cm = 32
- Use it to find CD. CD matches AB. Multiply by the scale factor.CD = AB × 32 = 5 cm × 32 = 7.5 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. x = 7.5 cm
Check. Ratio check: CD ÷ AB = 7.5 cm ÷ 5 cm = 32. ✓
Watch out. Match the sides by position: XA matches XC, XB matches XD and AB matches CD. The small triangle is the one at the top.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. The crossing lines make triangles XAB and XCD similar. Find the scale factor from a pair of sides we know, then use it on the side we need.
- Explain why the triangles are similar. Parallel lines give equal alternate angles, and crossing lines give equal vertically opposite angles.AB is parallel to CD, so angle XAB = angle XCD (alternate angles) and angle XBA = angle XDC (alternate angles). Angle AXB = angle CXD (vertically opposite angles). All three angles match, so triangles XAB and XCD are similar.
- Find the scale factor from the small triangle to the large triangle. AB matches CD. Scale factor = CD ÷ AB.12 cm ÷ 4 cm = 3
- Use it to find XA. XA is in the small triangle and XC is in the large triangle. Going from large to small, divide.XA = XC ÷ 3 = 6 cm ÷ 3 = 2 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. x = 2 cm
Check. Ratio check: XC ÷ XA = 6 cm ÷ 2 cm = 3. ✓
Watch out. Match the sides by position: XA matches XC, XB matches XD and AB matches CD. The small triangle is the one at the top.
Method. The enlarged photograph is similar to the original, so the scale factor is the same for the width and the height.
- Find the scale factor. The width goes from 12 cm to 20 cm. Scale factor = new ÷ old.20 ÷ 12 = 53
- Multiply the height by the scale factor. The height is the 18 cm side.18 × 53 = 30 cm
Check. Check the ratio: 12 : 18 = 2 : 3 and 20 : 30 = 2 : 3. ✓
Watch out. Use the same scale factor for both measurements.
Method. The scale 1 : 24 means every length on the real car is 24 times the matching length on the model. To get the model we divide.
- Change the length to centimetres. 1 m = 100 cm.4.8 m = 4.8 × 100 = 480 cm
- Divide by 24. The model is smaller, so divide the real length by 24.480 ÷ 24 = 20 cm
Check. 20 × 24 = 480 cm = 4.8 m. ✓
Watch out. A scale of 1 : 24 makes the model smaller. Divide, do not multiply.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. The pole and the building make similar triangles with the sun’s rays. Match shadow with shadow and height with height.
- Find the scale factor from the pole to the building. Scale factor = building shadow ÷ pole shadow.18 ÷ 1.5 = 12
- Multiply the pole’s height. Heights match each other.2 × 12 = 24 m
Check. 2 ÷ 1.5 = 1.33… and 24 ÷ 18 = 1.33…. ✓
Watch out. Match shadow with shadow and height with height.
Method. Use the two conditions for similar shapes: equal angles and sides in the same ratio.
- Squares. A square has four 90° angles and all four sides equal. For two squares with sides a and b, every pair of matching sides is in the ratio b : a.Angles equal, sides in one ratio: similar.
- Rectangles. All rectangles have four 90° angles, but the sides can have different ratios. A 2 cm by 3 cm rectangle and a 2 cm by 6 cm rectangle have the same widths but their lengths are 3 and 6.2 ÷ 2 = 1 but 6 ÷ 3 = 2, so the scale factors differ.
- Conclude. Squares are always similar; rectangles are not always similar.
Check. A 2 by 3 rectangle and a 4 by 6 rectangle are similar (both scale factors are 2), so some rectangles are similar. ✓
Watch out. Equal angles are not enough for shapes with more than three sides; the sides must also be in proportion.
Method. Triangles are similar if their angles are equal. Work out the third angle of each triangle.
- Third angle of ABC. The angles in a triangle add up to 180°.180 − 40 − 60 = 80°, so ABC has angles 40°, 60°, 80°.
- Third angle of PQR. The same rule.180 − 60 − 80 = 40°, so PQR has angles 60°, 80°, 40°.
- Compare. Both triangles have angles of 40°, 60° and 80°.The angles are equal, so the triangles are similar.
Check. Two equal angles are enough (the third must be equal). Here we have three. ✓
Watch out. You do not need the side lengths to show triangles are similar, but you do need them to find the scale factor.
Method. The scale factor is the same for both pairs of sides. Write it two ways and make an equation.
- Write the ratio of matching sides in each triangle. Larger ÷ smaller gives the same scale factor for both pairs.x ÷ 6 = (x + 6) ÷ 8
- Multiply both sides by 6 and by 8 (cross-multiply). This removes the fractions.8x = 6(x + 6)
- Expand the bracket. 6 × x = 6x and 6 × 6 = 36.8x = 6x + 36
- Solve. Subtract 6x from both sides, then divide by 2.2x = 36
x = 18
Check. The larger triangle has sides 18 and 24. 18 ÷ 6 = 3 and 24 ÷ 8 = 3. ✓
Watch out. Write the equation so that both sides compare the same triangles (larger over smaller).
Method. Show that all three angles of triangle ADE equal the angles of triangle ABC, giving a reason for each.
- Angle at A. Both triangles contain the same angle at A.Angle DAE = angle BAC (common angle)
- Angle ADE. DE is parallel to BC, and AB crosses both lines, so these are corresponding angles.Angle ADE = angle ABC (corresponding angles)
- Angle AED. AC also crosses both parallel lines.Angle AED = angle ACB (corresponding angles)
- Conclude. All three pairs of angles are equal.Triangles ADE and ABC are similar (equal angles).
Check. Using the angle sum of 180°, if two pairs of angles are equal the third pair must be equal as well. ✓
Watch out. Give a reason for every pair of equal angles, such as “corresponding angles” or “common angle”.
Method. Check that the scale factor is the same for both pairs of matching sides. Match long side with long side, and short side with short side.
- Long sides. A4 long side ÷ A5 long side.297 ÷ 210 = 1.414… = 1.41 (3 s.f.)
- Short sides. A4 short side ÷ A5 short side.210 ÷ 148.5 = 1.414… = 1.41 (3 s.f.)
- Compare. The scale factors agree (to 3 significant figures).A4 and A5 are similar, with scale factor about 1.41.
Check. In fact the sides of A-series paper are in the ratio 1 : √2 = 1 : 1.414…, which makes every size similar to the next. ✓
Watch out. Match long side to long side. Dividing long by short on one sheet and comparing with the other also works.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 10 cm (small shape) and 25 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.25 cm ÷ 10 cm = 52
So the large shape is 52 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 8 cm × 52 = 20 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 20 cm
Check. Ratio check: 20 cm ÷ 8 cm = 52, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Area and volume scale factors
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
When a shape is enlarged by a scale factor k, every length is multiplied by k. What happens to the area and the volume? Look at squares. A square with side 1 has area 1. If the side is doubled to 2, the square holds 2 × 2 = 4 of the little squares, so the area is multiplied by 4 (not 2). If the side is trebled to 3, the area is 3 × 3 = 9: multiplied by 9.
For cubes it is the same idea in three directions. A cube with side 2 is made of 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 little cubes, so doubling the lengths multiplies the volume by 8. Trebling the lengths gives 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 little cubes.
This works for any similar shapes, not only squares and cubes. If the length scale factor is k:
| Quantity | Scale factor |
|---|---|
| Lengths (sides, perimeters, heights, radii) | k |
| Areas (surface area, cross-section area) | k2 |
| Volumes (also capacity and, for the same material, mass) | k3 |
Using ratio notation. If the lengths of two similar shapes are in the ratio a : b, then their areas are in the ratio a2 : b2 and their volumes in the ratio a3 : b3. For example, if two similar vases have heights in the ratio 2 : 3, their surface areas are in the ratio 4 : 9 and their volumes in the ratio 8 : 27.
Working backwards. If you are given the area (or volume) scale factor, take the square root (or cube root) to find the length scale factor. For example, if the areas are in the ratio 9 : 25, the lengths are in the ratio 3 : 5, and the volumes are in the ratio 27 : 125.
Key ideas
- If the length scale factor is k, the area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3.
- Length ratio a : b gives area ratio a2 : b2 and volume ratio a3 : b3.
- Higher: to find k from areas take the square root; from volumes take the cube root.
- This works for similar shapes only.
- Surface areas use k2 and capacities use k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 3
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 32 = 3 × 3 = 9
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.12 × 9 = 108 cm2
Check. Divide back: 108 ÷ 9 = 12. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the volumes are multiplied by k3.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 2
- Work out the volume scale factor. Volume has three lengths in it (length × width × height), so it is multiplied by k three times: k3.volume scale factor = 23 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8
- Multiply the original volume by the volume scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.15 × 8 = 120 cm3
Check. Divide back: 120 ÷ 8 = 15. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. If the lengths of two similar shapes are in the ratio a : b, then the areas are in the ratio a2 : b2 and the volumes are in the ratio a3 : b3.
- Write the length ratio in simplest form. Divide both numbers by their highest common factor.Lengths: 2 : 5
- Square both numbers for the area ratio. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor.Areas: 22 : 52 = 4 : 25
- Cube both numbers for the volume ratio. The volume scale factor is the cube of the length scale factor.Volumes: 23 : 53 = 8 : 125
Check. Test with a = 2, b = 5: a cube of side 2 has volume 8 and a cube of side 5 has volume 125. ✓
Watch out. Square (or cube) each number in the ratio, not just one of them.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. The areas are in the ratio k2. Find the ratio of the areas, then take the square root to get the length scale factor k.
- Find the area scale factor. Area scale factor = new area ÷ old area.80 ÷ 20 = 4
- Take the square root to find the length scale factor. The area scale factor is k2, so k is its square root.k = √4 = 2
- Use k to find the new length. Lengths are multiplied by the length scale factor k.7 × 2 = 14 cm
Check. Put it back: k2 = 22 = 4, and 20 × 4 = 80. ✓
Watch out. The square root goes from area to length. Do not use the area ratio as the length scale factor.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. Go from the area ratio to the length ratio, then to the volume ratio.
- Find the length ratio. The area ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 2, so take the square root of each number.Areas 9 : 25
Lengths: √9 : √25 = 3 : 5 - Raise the length ratio to the power 3. The volume ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 3.33 : 53 = 27 : 125
- Write the answer. Name what the ratio is for.Volumes: 27 : 125
Check. Go back: 27 : 125 with the cube root gives 3 : 5, the length ratio. ✓
Watch out. You cannot go straight from area to volume by multiplying: always go through the length ratio.
Watch out
Do not multiply the area or the volume by the length scale factor. If the lengths double, the area goes up by a factor of 4 and the volume by a factor of 8. And when you are given an area ratio, take the square root to get the length ratio, not half of it.Exercise 21J Area and volume scale factors
Non-calculatorKey words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 2
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 22 = 2 × 2 = 4
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.5 × 4 = 20 cm2
Check. Divide back: 20 ÷ 4 = 5. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 3
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 32 = 3 × 3 = 9
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.7 × 9 = 63 cm2
Check. Divide back: 63 ÷ 9 = 7. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the volumes are multiplied by k3.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 2
- Work out the volume scale factor. Volume has three lengths in it (length × width × height), so it is multiplied by k three times: k3.volume scale factor = 23 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8
- Multiply the original volume by the volume scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.9 × 8 = 72 cm3
Check. Divide back: 72 ÷ 8 = 9. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the volumes are multiplied by k3.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 3
- Work out the volume scale factor. Volume has three lengths in it (length × width × height), so it is multiplied by k three times: k3.volume scale factor = 33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
- Multiply the original volume by the volume scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.4 × 27 = 108 cm3
Check. Divide back: 108 ÷ 27 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Method. Area of a square = side × side.
- Smaller square. 3 × 3 = 9 cm2
- Larger square. 6 × 6 = 36 cm2
Check. 36 ÷ 9 = 4 and the sides doubled (6 ÷ 3 = 2): 22 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Square the side, do not double it.
Method. Write the two areas as a ratio and simplify.
- Write the ratio. Smaller : larger.9 : 36
- Simplify. Divide both by 9.9 ÷ 9 = 1 and 36 ÷ 9 = 4, so 1 : 4
Check. 1 × 9 = 9 and 4 × 9 = 36. ✓
Watch out. Divide both numbers by the highest common factor.
Method. Compare the two ratios.
- Ratio of the lengths. 3 : 6 simplifies by dividing by 3.1 : 2
- Compare with the areas. The area ratio 1 : 4 is the length ratio squared.12 : 22 = 1 : 4
Check. This agrees with the rule: area ratio = (length ratio)2. ✓
Watch out. The area ratio is the square of the length ratio.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the volumes are multiplied by k3.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 3
- Work out the volume scale factor. Volume has three lengths in it (length × width × height), so it is multiplied by k three times: k3.volume scale factor = 33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
- Multiply the original volume by the volume scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.5 × 27 = 135 cm3
Check. Divide back: 135 ÷ 27 = 5. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. If the lengths of two similar shapes are in the ratio a : b, then the areas are in the ratio a2 : b2 and the volumes are in the ratio a3 : b3.
- Write the length ratio in simplest form. Divide both numbers by their highest common factor.Lengths: 1 : 2
- Square both numbers for the area ratio. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor.Areas: 12 : 22 = 1 : 4
- Cube both numbers for the volume ratio. The volume scale factor is the cube of the length scale factor.Volumes: 13 : 23 = 1 : 8
Check. Test with a = 1, b = 2: a cube of side 1 has volume 1 and a cube of side 2 has volume 8. ✓
Watch out. Square (or cube) each number in the ratio, not just one of them.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. If the lengths of two similar shapes are in the ratio a : b, then the areas are in the ratio a2 : b2 and the volumes are in the ratio a3 : b3.
- Write the length ratio in simplest form. Divide both numbers by their highest common factor.Lengths: 2 : 3
- Square both numbers for the area ratio. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor.Areas: 22 : 32 = 4 : 9
- Cube both numbers for the volume ratio. The volume scale factor is the cube of the length scale factor.Volumes: 23 : 33 = 8 : 27
Check. Test with a = 2, b = 3: a cube of side 2 has volume 8 and a cube of side 3 has volume 27. ✓
Watch out. Square (or cube) each number in the ratio, not just one of them.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. If the lengths of two similar shapes are in the ratio a : b, then the areas are in the ratio a2 : b2 and the volumes are in the ratio a3 : b3.
- Write the length ratio in simplest form. Divide both numbers by their highest common factor.Lengths: 3 : 4
- Square both numbers for the area ratio. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor.Areas: 32 : 42 = 9 : 16
- Cube both numbers for the volume ratio. The volume scale factor is the cube of the length scale factor.Volumes: 33 : 43 = 27 : 64
Check. Test with a = 3, b = 4: a cube of side 3 has volume 27 and a cube of side 4 has volume 64. ✓
Watch out. Square (or cube) each number in the ratio, not just one of them.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. If the lengths of two similar shapes are in the ratio a : b, then the areas are in the ratio a2 : b2 and the volumes are in the ratio a3 : b3.
- Write the length ratio in simplest form. Divide both numbers by their highest common factor.Lengths: 2 : 5
- Square both numbers for the area ratio. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor.Areas: 22 : 52 = 4 : 25
- Cube both numbers for the volume ratio. The volume scale factor is the cube of the length scale factor.Volumes: 23 : 53 = 8 : 125
Check. Test with a = 2, b = 5: a cube of side 2 has volume 8 and a cube of side 5 has volume 125. ✓
Watch out. Square (or cube) each number in the ratio, not just one of them.
Method. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor.
- Find the area scale factor. Area is multiplied by k2.32 = 9
- Multiply the area. 5 × 9 = 45 m2
Check. 45 ÷ 9 = 5. ✓
Watch out. Square the scale factor for area.
Method. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor. Then change the units.
- Area scale factor. The length scale factor is 100, so the area scale factor is 1002.100 × 100 = 10 000
- Real deck area in cm². 60 × 10 000 = 600 000 cm2
- Change to m². 1 m2 = 100 × 100 = 10 000 cm2.600 000 ÷ 10 000 = 60 m2
Check. Another way: 60 cm² × 10 000 = 60 m² since 1 m² = 10 000 cm², so the numbers match. ✓
Watch out. 1 m² is 10 000 cm², not 100 cm².
Method. Capacity is a volume, so use the volume scale factor k3.
- Find the length scale factor. 20 ÷ 10.k = 2
- Find the volume scale factor. Cube the length scale factor.23 = 8
- Multiply the capacity. 300 × 8 = 2400 ml
Check. 2400 ÷ 8 = 300. ✓
Watch out. Capacity is volume: cube the scale factor, do not just double.
Method. Work out the volume before and after doubling the lengths.
- Original volume. Volume = length × width × height.2 × 3 × 4 = 24 cm3
- Doubled lengths. Each length is multiplied by 2.4 cm by 6 cm by 8 cm
- New volume. 4 × 6 × 8 = 192 cm3
- Compare. 192 ÷ 24 = 8.The volume is multiplied by 8 = 23, not 2.
Check. Each of the three lengths doubles, so the volume doubles three times: 2 × 2 × 2 = 8. ✓
Watch out. A volume is made from three lengths, so it grows by k3.
Method. Surface area is an area, so it is multiplied by k2.
- Area scale factor. The length scale factor is 2.22 = 4
- New surface area. 50 × 4 = 200 cm2
- Compare with Sophie. Sophie multiplied by 2 only.100 cm2 is wrong; the answer is 200 cm2.
Check. 200 ÷ 4 = 50. ✓
Watch out. Only lengths are multiplied by k.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. The areas are in the ratio k2. Find the ratio of the areas, then take the square root to get the length scale factor k.
- Find the area scale factor. Area scale factor = new area ÷ old area.80 ÷ 20 = 4
- Take the square root to find the length scale factor. The area scale factor is k2, so k is its square root.k = √4 = 2
- Use k to find the new length. Lengths are multiplied by the length scale factor k.7 × 2 = 14 cm
Check. Put it back: k2 = 22 = 4, and 20 × 4 = 80. ✓
Watch out. The square root goes from area to length. Do not use the area ratio as the length scale factor.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. The volumes are in the ratio k3. Find the ratio of the volumes, then take the cube root to get the length scale factor k.
- Find the volume scale factor. Volume scale factor = new volume ÷ old volume.125 ÷ 8 = 1258
- Take the cube root to find the length scale factor. The volume scale factor is k3, so k is its cube root.k = ³√1258 = 52
- Use k to find the new length. Lengths are multiplied by the length scale factor k.6 × 52 = 15 cm
Check. Put it back: k3 = 523 = 1258, and 8 × 1258 = 125. ✓
Watch out. The cube root goes from volume to length. Do not use the area ratio as the length scale factor.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. Go from the area ratio to the length ratio, then to the volume ratio.
- Find the length ratio. The area ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 2, so take the square root of each number.Areas 4 : 9
Lengths: √4 : √9 = 2 : 3 - Raise the length ratio to the power 3. The volume ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 3.23 : 33 = 8 : 27
- Write the answer. Name what the ratio is for.Volumes: 8 : 27
Check. Go back: 8 : 27 with the cube root gives 2 : 3, the length ratio. ✓
Watch out. You cannot go straight from area to volume by multiplying: always go through the length ratio.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. Go from the area ratio to the length ratio, then to the volume ratio.
- Find the length ratio. The area ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 2, so take the square root of each number.Areas 9 : 25
Lengths: √9 : √25 = 3 : 5 - Raise the length ratio to the power 3. The volume ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 3.33 : 53 = 27 : 125
- Write the answer. Name what the ratio is for.Volumes: 27 : 125
Check. Go back: 27 : 125 with the cube root gives 3 : 5, the length ratio. ✓
Watch out. You cannot go straight from area to volume by multiplying: always go through the length ratio.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. Go from the volume ratio to the length ratio, then to the area ratio.
- Find the length ratio. The volume ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 3, so take the cube root of each number.Volumes 8 : 27
Lengths: ³√8 : ³√27 = 2 : 3 - Raise the length ratio to the power 2. The area ratio is the length ratio raised to the power 2.22 : 32 = 4 : 9
- Write the answer. Name what the ratio is for.Areas: 4 : 9
Check. Go back: 4 : 9 with the square root gives 2 : 3, the length ratio. ✓
Watch out. You cannot go straight from area to volume by multiplying: always go through the length ratio.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. The volume ratio is the cube of the length ratio, so take the cube root of each number.
- Cube-root each number. The volume ratio is the cube of the length ratio, so we undo the cubing.³√27 = 3 because 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
³√64 = 4 because 4 × 4 × 4 = 64 - Write the length ratio. Lengths: 3 : 4
Check. 33 : 43 = 27 : 64. ✓
Watch out. Use the cube root for volume, the square root for area.
Method. The capacity is a volume, so use the volume scale factor. Then compare the cost of the same amount of beans.
- Find the length scale factor. Larger height ÷ smaller height.12 ÷ 8 = 32
- Find the volume scale factor. Cube the length scale factor.323 = 278
- Find the volume of the larger tin. Multiply 400 ml by the volume scale factor.400 × 278 = 50 × 27 = 1350 ml
- Find how many small tins hold 1350 ml. Divide 1350 by 400.1350 ÷ 400 = 3.375 small tins
- Find the cost of that many small tins. Each small tin costs 80p.3.375 × 80p = 270p = £2.70
- Compare. The same amount of beans costs £2.50 in the large tin and £2.70 in small tins.The larger tin is better value.
Check. Cost per 100 ml: small tin 80p ÷ 4 = 20p; large tin 250p ÷ 13.5 = 18.5p, which is less. ✓
Watch out. Capacity is a volume. Use k3, not k or k2.
Method. The statues are made of the same stone, so their masses are in the same ratio as their volumes. Find the length scale factor, then cube it.
- Make the units the same. Change 1.2 m to centimetres. 1 m = 100 cm.1.2 × 100 = 120 cm
- Find the length scale factor. Large height ÷ small height.120 ÷ 40 = 3
- Find the volume (mass) scale factor. Cube the length scale factor, since mass is proportional to volume.33 = 27
- Find the mass of the large statue. Multiply the small statue’s mass by 27.2 × 27 = 54 kg
Check. Tripling every length makes 27 little statues fit in the big one: 27 × 2 kg = 54 kg. ✓
Watch out. The mass does not go up by 3 (the length factor) or 9 (the area factor), but by 27.
Exercise 21K Area and volume: problem solving
Non-calculatorMethod. The amount of pizza depends on the area. Find how many times bigger the area of the large pizza is, then compare with the price.
- Find the length scale factor. Diameter goes from 20 cm to 30 cm.30 ÷ 20 = 1.5
- Find the area scale factor. Area is multiplied by k2.1.52 = 1.5 × 1.5 = 2.25
- Find the price scale factor. £12 ÷ £6.12 ÷ 6 = 2
- Compare. The large pizza has 2.25 times as much pizza for 2 times the price.The 30 cm pizza is better value.
Check. Price per square unit: £6 for an area of 1 unit, £12 for 2.25 units is £12 ÷ 2.25 = £5.33 per unit. That is less than £6. ✓
Watch out. Do not compare the diameters (1.5 times) with the prices (2 times): the amount of food goes with the area, not the diameter.
Method. The paint needed is in proportion to the area. Find the area scale factor.
- Area scale factor. Lengths are doubled, so areas are multiplied by 22.22 = 4
- Multiply the paint. Four times the area needs four times the paint.3 × 4 = 12 litres
Check. Area of the second wall = 12 × 4 = 48 m², and 48 ÷ 12 = 4 lots of 3 litres. ✓
Watch out. Doubling the lengths of a wall does not just double the paint.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. The model and the real object are similar, with length scale factor 50 (from model to real). Use 502 for areas and 503 for volumes.
- Area scale factor. Square the length scale factor.502 = 2500
- Real surface area. Multiply the model’s area by 2500.200 × 2500 = 500 000 cm2
- Change to m². 1 m2 = 10 000 cm2.500 000 ÷ 10 000 = 50 m2
- Volume scale factor. Cube the length scale factor.503 = 125 000
- Real volume. Multiply the model’s volume by 125 000.120 × 125 000 = 15 000 000 cm3
- Change to m³. 1 m3 = 1 000 000 cm3.15 000 000 ÷ 1 000 000 = 15 m3
Check. A length of 1 cm on the model is 50 cm = 0.5 m for real. 0.52 = 0.25 m2 per cm2, and 200 × 0.25 = 50. ✓
Watch out. 1 m2 = 10 000 cm2 and 1 m3 = 1 000 000 cm3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. The model and the real object are similar, with length scale factor 50 (from model to real). Use 502 for areas and 503 for volumes.
- Area scale factor. Square the length scale factor.502 = 2500
- Real surface area. Multiply the model’s area by 2500.200 × 2500 = 500 000 cm2
- Change to m². 1 m2 = 10 000 cm2.500 000 ÷ 10 000 = 50 m2
- Volume scale factor. Cube the length scale factor.503 = 125 000
- Real volume. Multiply the model’s volume by 125 000.120 × 125 000 = 15 000 000 cm3
- Change to m³. 1 m3 = 1 000 000 cm3.15 000 000 ÷ 1 000 000 = 15 m3
Check. A length of 1 cm on the model is 50 cm = 0.5 m for real. 0.52 = 0.25 m2 per cm2, and 200 × 0.25 = 50. ✓
Watch out. 1 m2 = 10 000 cm2 and 1 m3 = 1 000 000 cm3.
Method. Work out the surface area of each cube, then simplify the ratio. A cube has 6 square faces.
- Surface area of the small cube. Each face has area 2 × 2 = 4. There are 6 faces.6 × 4 = 24 cm2
- Surface area of the large cube. Each face has area 6 × 6 = 36.6 × 36 = 216 cm2
- Write the ratio and simplify. Divide both by 24.24 : 216 = 1 : 9
Check. The lengths are in the ratio 2 : 6 = 1 : 3, and 12 : 32 = 1 : 9. ✓
Watch out. Remember there are 6 faces on a cube.
Method. Work out the circumference and the area of both circles and compare.
- Original circle, radius 3 cm. Circumference = 2πr and area = πr2.Circumference = 2 × π × 3 = 6π cm
Area = π × 32 = 9π cm2 - Doubled circle, radius 6 cm. Use the same formulae.Circumference = 2 × π × 6 = 12π cm
Area = π × 62 = 36π cm2 - Compare. 12π ÷ 6π = 2 but 36π ÷ 9π = 4.The circumference doubles but the area is multiplied by 4, so Dan is wrong.
Check. The length scale factor is 2, so the area scale factor is 22 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Circumference is a length (k); area is k2.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 32
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 322 = 32 × 32 = 94
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.80 × 94 = 180 cm2
Check. Divide back: 180 ÷ 94 = 80. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the volumes are multiplied by k3.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 32
- Work out the volume scale factor. Volume has three lengths in it (length × width × height), so it is multiplied by k three times: k3.volume scale factor = 323 = 32 × 32 × 32 = 278
- Multiply the original volume by the volume scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.150 × 278 = 506.25 cm3
Check. Divide back: 506.25 ÷ 278 = 150. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. The volumes are in the ratio k3. Find the ratio of the volumes, then take the cube root to get the length scale factor k.
- Find the volume scale factor. Volume scale factor = new volume ÷ old volume.1350 ÷ 400 = 278
- Take the cube root to find the length scale factor. The volume scale factor is k3, so k is its cube root.k = ³√278 = 32
- Use k to find the new length. Lengths are multiplied by the length scale factor k.10 × 32 = 15 cm
Check. Put it back: k3 = 323 = 278, and 400 × 278 = 1350. ✓
Watch out. The cube root goes from volume to length. Do not use the area ratio as the length scale factor.
Method. The area ratio is the square of the length ratio. Find the length scale factor, and use it for the perimeters, which are lengths.
- Find the area scale factor. Larger area ÷ smaller area.50 ÷ 18 = 259
- Take the square root. The length scale factor is the square root of the area scale factor. √25 = 5 and √9 = 3.k = 53
- Multiply the perimeter. A perimeter is a length, so it is multiplied by k.24 × 53 = 8 × 5 = 40 cm
Check. Put it back: 53 squared is 259 and 18 × 259 = 50. ✓
Watch out. A perimeter is a length, so it uses k, not k2.
Method. Write the volume of each cube, then divide both by the smaller volume.
- Volume of the small cube. Volume = side × side × side.a × a × a = a3
- Volume of the large cube. Its side is ka.(ka)3 = ka × ka × ka = k3a3
- Write the ratio. Small : large.a3 : k3a3
- Divide both parts by a3. Dividing both parts of a ratio by the same non-zero number does not change it.1 : k3
Check. With k = 2 and a = 1: volumes 1 and 8, ratio 1 : 8 = 1 : 23. ✓
Watch out. (ka)3 means k and a are both cubed.
Method. An increase of 125% means the new area is 225% of the old area, so the area scale factor is 2.25. Use it to find the length scale factor, then the volume scale factor.
- Find the area scale factor. 100% + 125% = 225% = 2.25.Area scale factor = 2.25
- Find the length scale factor. Take the square root, since area scale factor = k2.√2.25 = 1.5, because 1.5 × 1.5 = 2.25
- Find the volume scale factor. Cube the length scale factor.1.53 = 1.5 × 1.5 × 1.5 = 2.25 × 1.5 = 3.375
- Find the percentage increase. 3.375 means 337.5% of the original volume, so the increase is 237.5%.337.5% − 100% = 237.5%
Check. Test with a cube of side 2: surface area 24, volume 8. New side 3: surface area 54 (an increase of 30 on 24, which is 125%) and volume 27 (an increase of 19 on 8, which is 237.5%). ✓
Watch out. A 125% increase is a multiplier of 2.25, not 1.25.
Chapter summary
| Skill | Method |
|---|---|
| Reflection | Mirror line, same distance on the other side. Describe with the equation of the mirror line. y = x swaps the coordinates; y = −x swaps and changes both signs. |
| Rotation | Angle + direction + centre. Write each vertex as a move from the centre and turn it: 90° clockwise (a, b) → (b, −a); 90° anticlockwise (−b, a); 180° (−a, −b). |
| Translation | Column vector: top = across (right +), bottom = up/down (up +). Vector = image − object. |
| Enlargement | Scale factor + centre. Multiply the distance from the centre by the scale factor. A fraction makes the shape smaller; a negative scale factor puts the image on the other side of the centre (Higher). |
| Describe fully | Name the type and give its detail: line / angle, direction, centre / vector / scale factor, centre. |
| Combinations (Higher) | Do them in order. Two reflections in parallel lines = translation; in crossing lines = rotation. Invariant point: unchanged by the transformation. |
| Congruent triangles | SSS, SAS (included angle), ASA / AAS, RHS. AAA and SSA are not enough. |
| Similar shapes | Equal angles, sides in the same ratio. Scale factor = large ÷ small. Small to large: multiply. Large to small: divide. |
| Area and volume | Length scale factor k: area × k2, volume × k3. Ratio a : b gives a2 : b2 and a3 : b3. Take roots to go back. |
Can you…?
- I can reflect a shape in x = a, y = b, y = x and y = −x.
- I can rotate a shape about any centre through 90° or 180° and describe a rotation fully.
- I can translate a shape using a column vector and find the vector of a translation.
- I can enlarge a shape with a whole-number or fractional scale factor from any centre, and describe an enlargement fully.
- I can describe fully any single transformation, and I know which are congruent and which are similar.
- Higher: I can use negative scale factors, combine transformations and find invariant points.
- I can decide whether two triangles are congruent using SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS and give a reason.
- I can find a missing length in similar shapes using a scale factor, including similar triangles from parallel lines.
- I can use k, k2 and k3 to compare lengths, areas and volumes of similar shapes.
- Higher: I can prove that two triangles are congruent or similar.
Key terms
- Transformation
- A change to a shape: reflection, rotation, translation or enlargement.
- Object and image
- The object is the original shape; the image is the shape after the transformation.
- Mirror line
- The line a shape is reflected in. Each point and its image are the same distance from it.
- Centre of rotation
- The fixed point a shape is turned about.
- Column vector
- Two numbers written one above the other. The top number is the move across and the bottom number is the move up or down.
- Scale factor
- The number every length is multiplied by in an enlargement or between similar shapes.
- Centre of enlargement
- The fixed point that distances are measured from in an enlargement.
- Invariant point
- A point that does not move when a transformation is carried out.
- Congruent
- Exactly the same size and shape (one can be placed on top of the other).
- Similar
- The same shape but not necessarily the same size: equal angles and sides in the same ratio.
- Corresponding
- In the same position in two shapes (sides or angles that match).
- Included angle
- The angle between two given sides.
- Hypotenuse
- The longest side of a right-angled triangle, opposite the right angle.
Exercise 21Z Check-up (non-calculator)
Non-calculatorKey words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line x = 0, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line x = 0 is a vertical line: every point on it has x = 0. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a vertical line through x = 0.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a vertical line x = 0, the y-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (sideways), then go the same distance on the other side.(1, 2): 1 right of the line, so the image is 1 left of the line. x = 0 − 1 = −1. Image (−1, 2)
(4, 2): 4 right of the line, so the image is 4 left of the line. x = 0 − 4 = −4. Image (−4, 2)
(3, 4): 3 right of the line, so the image is 3 left of the line. x = 0 − 3 = −3. Image (−3, 4)
(1, 4): 1 right of the line, so the image is 1 left of the line. x = 0 − 1 = −1. Image (−1, 4) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (−1, 2), (−4, 2), (−3, 4), (−1, 4).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (1, 2) and (−1, 2) is (1 + −1) ÷ 2, (2 + 2) ÷ 2 = (0, 2), which lies on the line x = 0. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the y-axis. The line is x = 0, so distances start from there.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (0, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 1): (2, 1) means 2 right, 1 up
(4, 1): (4, 1) means 4 right, 1 up
(2, 4): (2, 4) means 2 right, 4 up - Turn each move by 90° anticlockwise. A quarter turn anticlockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (−b, a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(2, 1) → (−1, 2)
(4, 1) → (−1, 4)
(2, 4) → (−4, 2) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (−1, 2) = (−1, 2)
C + (−1, 4) = (−1, 4)
C + (−4, 2) = (−4, 2) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (−1, 2), (−1, 4), (−4, 2).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (2, 4) and the line from C to its image (−4, 2) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (2 × −4) + (4 × 2) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
4. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of the image B. A has vertices at (1, 1), (3, 1), (3, 2), (2, 2), (2, 4), (1, 4).
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.−3
4 means 3 left, 4 up. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(1, 1) → (1 − 3, 1 + 4) = (−2, 5)
(3, 1) → (3 − 3, 1 + 4) = (0, 5)
(3, 2) → (3 − 3, 2 + 4) = (0, 6)
(2, 2) → (2 − 3, 2 + 4) = (−1, 6)
(2, 4) → (2 − 3, 4 + 4) = (−1, 8)
(1, 4) → (1 − 3, 4 + 4) = (−2, 8) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (−2, 5), (0, 5), (0, 6), (−1, 6), (−1, 8), (−2, 8).
Check. Undo the translation: take −3
4 away from (−2, 5) and we get back to (−2 + 3, 5 − 4) = (1, 1). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (1, 1)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(1, 1): (0, 0) = no move
(3, 1): (2, 0) = 2 right
(1, 4): (0, 3) = 3 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 2. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 2.(0, 0) × 2 = (0, 0)
(2, 0) × 2 = (4, 0)
(0, 3) × 2 = (0, 6) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (0, 0) = (1, 1)
C + (4, 0) = (5, 1)
C + (0, 6) = (1, 7) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (1, 1), (5, 1), (1, 7).
Check. Compare one side: it is 3 in A and 6 in B, and 3 × 2 = 6 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(1, 1) and (9, 1): midpoint = ((1 + 9) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (5, 1)
(4, 1) and (6, 1): midpoint = ((4 + 6) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (5, 1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have x = 5. The points are in a vertical line, so the mirror line is the vertical line x = 5.Mirror line: x = 5
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line x = 5
Check. Reflect (4, 1) in x = 5 and we get (6, 1), which matches (6, 1) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (2, 2) from (0, 0) = 22 + 22 = 8
Distance2 of (2, −2) from (0, 0) = 22 + −22 = 8
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (2, 2): (2, 2) (2 right, 2 up)
From C to (2, −2): (2, −2) (2 right, 2 down)
This matches (a, b) → (b, −a), so the turn is 90° clockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° clockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 2) about (0, 0) by 90° clockwise: we get (2, −4), which matches the vertex (2, −4) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: angle B = 30°, angle C = 80°, BC = 7 cm
Triangle 2: angle Q = 30°, angle R = 80°, QR = 7 cm - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.angle B = angle Q = 30°
BC = QR = 7 cm (between the angles)
angle C = angle R = 80° - Decide which condition is satisfied. ASA (angle, side, angle): two angles and the side between them are equal.The three equal parts make ASA.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (ASA).
Check. The third angles are 180 − 30 − 80 = 70 in both triangles. ✓
Watch out. The side must be between the two angles.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 10 cm (small shape) and 15 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.15 cm ÷ 10 cm = 32
So the large shape is 32 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 8 cm × 32 = 12 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 12 cm
Check. Ratio check: 12 cm ÷ 8 cm = 32, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 5
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 52 = 5 × 5 = 25
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.4 × 25 = 100 cm2
Check. Divide back: 100 ÷ 25 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. If the lengths of two similar shapes are in the ratio a : b, then the areas are in the ratio a2 : b2 and the volumes are in the ratio a3 : b3.
- Write the length ratio in simplest form. Divide both numbers by their highest common factor.Lengths: 3 : 5
- Square both numbers for the area ratio. The area scale factor is the square of the length scale factor.Areas: 32 : 52 = 9 : 25
- Cube both numbers for the volume ratio. The volume scale factor is the cube of the length scale factor.Volumes: 33 : 53 = 27 : 125
Check. Test with a = 3, b = 5: a cube of side 3 has volume 27 and a cube of side 5 has volume 125. ✓
Watch out. Square (or cube) each number in the ratio, not just one of them.
Total 46 marks. Allow about 46 minutes.
Exercise 21X Exam-style questions
Non-calculatorKey words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. To reflect a shape, reflect every vertex over the mirror line x = −1, then join the image points in the same order.
- Draw the mirror line. The line x = −1 is a vertical line: every point on it has x = −1. Everything in the picture will flip over this line.Draw a vertical line through x = −1.
- Reflect each vertex of A in turn. For a reflection in a vertical line x = −1, the y-coordinate stays the same. Count how far each point is from the line (sideways), then go the same distance on the other side.(2, 2): 3 right of the line, so the image is 3 left of the line. x = −1 − 3 = −4. Image (−4, 2)
(5, 2): 6 right of the line, so the image is 6 left of the line. x = −1 − 6 = −7. Image (−7, 2)
(2, 4): 3 right of the line, so the image is 3 left of the line. x = −1 − 3 = −4. Image (−4, 4) - Plot the image points and join them up in the same order to make shape B. The image has the same size and shape as the object but is the other way round, like a mirror image.B has vertices at (−4, 2), (−7, 2), (−4, 4).
Check. The mirror line should be exactly half-way between a point and its image. The midpoint of (2, 2) and (−4, 2) is (2 + −4) ÷ 2, (2 + 2) ÷ 2 = (−1, 2), which lies on the line x = −1. ✓
Watch out. Measure the distance from the mirror line, not from the y-axis. The line is x = −1, so distances start from there.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. To rotate a shape about C, write each vertex as a move from C, turn that move through the angle, and add it back on to C.
- Mark the centre of rotation C on the grid. Every point of the shape turns around C, so we always measure from C. The centre itself never moves.C = (0, 0)
- Write each vertex as a move from C. A turn is easiest to do by thinking about the move (across, up) needed to get from C to the point.(2, 2): (2, 2) means 2 right, 2 up
(4, 2): (4, 2) means 4 right, 2 up
(4, 3): (4, 3) means 4 right, 3 up
(3, 3): (3, 3) means 3 right, 3 up
(3, 5): (3, 5) means 3 right, 5 up
(2, 5): (2, 5) means 2 right, 5 up - Turn each move by 90° anticlockwise. A quarter turn anticlockwise changes a move using the rule (a, b) → (−b, a). Distances from C stay the same; only the direction changes.(2, 2) → (−2, 2)
(4, 2) → (−2, 4)
(4, 3) → (−3, 4)
(3, 3) → (−3, 3)
(3, 5) → (−5, 3)
(2, 5) → (−5, 2) - Add the turned move to C to find each image vertex. The turned move is measured from C, so we start at C again.C + (−2, 2) = (−2, 2)
C + (−2, 4) = (−2, 4)
C + (−3, 4) = (−3, 4)
C + (−3, 3) = (−3, 3)
C + (−5, 3) = (−5, 3)
C + (−5, 2) = (−5, 2) - Plot the image points and join them up to make shape B. The image is the same size and shape as the object but turned.B has vertices at (−2, 2), (−2, 4), (−3, 4), (−3, 3), (−5, 3), (−5, 2).
Check. After a quarter turn the line from C to (3, 5) and the line from C to its image (−5, 3) are at right angles, so the "dot product" of the two moves is 0: (3 × −5) + (5 × 3) = 0. Both are also the same distance from C. ✓
Watch out. Turn about the centre C, not about the origin (unless C is the origin). And check the direction: clockwise is the way the hands of a clock move.
3. Write down the coordinates of the vertices of the image. A has vertices at (1, 1), (4, 2), (2, 4).[2 marks]
Key words. A translation slides a shape without turning or flipping it. A column vector gives the move: the top number is across (x), the bottom number is up or down (y).
Method. To translate a shape by a column vector, add the top number to every x-coordinate and the bottom number to every y-coordinate.
- Read the column vector. The top number is the move across (x direction): positive means right, negative means left. The bottom number is the move up or down (y direction): positive means up, negative means down.−4
3 means 4 left, 3 up. - Add the vector to every vertex. Every point of the shape slides the same way, so we add the same numbers to every x and every y.(1, 1) → (1 − 4, 1 + 3) = (−3, 4)
(4, 2) → (4 − 4, 2 + 3) = (0, 5)
(2, 4) → (2 − 4, 4 + 3) = (−2, 7) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. A translation does not turn, flip or resize the shape. The image looks exactly like the object, just in a new place.B has vertices at (−3, 4), (0, 5), (−2, 7).
Check. Undo the translation: take −4
3 away from (−3, 4) and we get back to (−3 + 4, 4 − 3) = (1, 1). ✓
Watch out. The top number is across (x) and the bottom number is up/down (y). Do not swap them, and watch the signs: a negative top number means left.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor 2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by 2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (0, 0)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(2, 2): (2, 2) = 2 right, 2 up
(4, 2): (4, 2) = 4 right, 2 up
(2, 5): (2, 5) = 2 right, 5 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor 2. The image is bigger, so each distance from C is multiplied by 2.(2, 2) × 2 = (4, 4)
(4, 2) × 2 = (8, 4)
(2, 5) × 2 = (4, 10) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (4, 4) = (4, 4)
C + (8, 4) = (8, 4)
C + (4, 10) = (4, 10) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (4, 4), (8, 4), (4, 10).
Check. Compare one side: it is 3 in A and 6 in B, and 3 × 2 = 6 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. Multiply the distance from C, not the coordinates themselves (unless C is the origin).
Key words. A reflection flips a shape over a mirror line. The object and its image are the same distance from the mirror line, on opposite sides.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in B.
The size is unchanged, but B is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Pick vertices and their images, and find the midpoints. A mirror line is exactly half-way between an object point and its image, so find the midpoint of a point and its image.(2, 1) and (−4, 1): midpoint = ((2 + −4) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (−1, 1)
(4, 1) and (−6, 1): midpoint = ((4 + −6) ÷ 2, (1 + 1) ÷ 2) = (−1, 1) - Write the equation of the mirror line. The midpoints all have x = −1. The points are in a vertical line, so the mirror line is the vertical line x = −1.Mirror line: x = −1
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line x = −1
Check. Reflect (4, 1) in x = −1 and we get (−6, 1), which matches (−6, 1) in B. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. A rotation turns a shape about a fixed point called the centre of rotation. We state the angle and the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise).
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A rotation turns the shape. Compare with a translation, where all sides stay parallel to the originals.Compare a side: it is 2 long in A and 2 long in B.
The size is unchanged, B is not flipped, but its sides are not parallel to the originals: the shape has turned. So the transformation is a rotation. - Find the centre of rotation. The centre is the same distance from a point and from its image. The origin is the first place to try. It works if the squared distances from the origin to the point and its image match.Distance2 of (2, 2) from (0, 0) = 22 + 22 = 8
Distance2 of (−2, 2) from (0, 0) = −22 + 22 = 8
They match, and the same works for the other vertices, so the centre is (0, 0). - Find the angle and direction. Write the move from C to a vertex, and the move from C to its image. A quarter turn changes (a, b) in a special way: clockwise gives (b, −a) and anticlockwise gives (−b, a).From C to (2, 2): (2, 2) (2 right, 2 up)
From C to (−2, 2): (−2, 2) (2 left, 2 up)
This matches (a, b) → (−b, a), so the turn is 90° anticlockwise. - Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Rotation, 90° anticlockwise, centre (0, 0)
Check. Rotate (4, 2) about (0, 0) by 90° anticlockwise: we get (−2, 4), which matches the vertex (−2, 4) of B. ✓
Watch out. Give three things for a rotation: the angle, the direction (clockwise or anticlockwise) and the centre. A 180° turn does not need a direction.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. Decide which type of transformation maps A onto B, then find the extra details each type needs (a line, a centre, an angle, a vector or a scale factor).
- Decide which type of transformation it is. Reflections, rotations and translations never change the size of a shape. If the size changes, it must be an enlargement.Compare a side: it is 8 long in A and 4 long in B.
The sides have changed length but the shape is the same, so the transformation is an enlargement. - Find the size of the scale factor. Scale factor = length on the image ÷ matching length on the object.A side of A is 8 and the matching side of B is 4.
4 ÷ 8 = 12 - Decide whether it is positive or negative. B is the right way up and on the same side of the centre, so the scale factor is positive. It is smaller than A, so the scale factor is a fraction between 0 and 1.Scale factor = 12
- Find the centre of enlargement. A vertex that has not moved can only be the centre of enlargement.The vertex (9, 1) is in the same place on both shapes, so the centre is (9, 1).
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Enlargement, scale factor 12, centre (9, 1)
Check. Enlarge (1, 1) from (9, 1) with scale factor 12: (9 + 12 × −8, 1 + 12 × 0) = (5, 1), which is the matching vertex of B. ✓
Watch out. An enlargement needs both the scale factor and the centre. Do not forget that a fractional scale factor still means “enlargement”.
Key words. Two shapes are congruent if they are exactly the same size and shape (they may be turned or flipped). The included angle is the angle between two given sides. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle.
Method. Triangles are congruent if one fits exactly on the other. For triangles, we only need to check one of four conditions: SSS, SAS, ASA or RHS.
- Write down what is known about each triangle. We can only use information that is given in the question or can be worked out from it.Triangle 1: AB = 6 cm, AC = 9 cm, angle A = 35°
Triangle 2: PQ = 6 cm, PR = 9 cm, angle P = 35° - Match the equal parts. Parts in the same position (corresponding parts) must be equal in both triangles.AB = PQ = 6 cm
angle A = angle P = 35° (between the sides)
AC = PR = 9 cm - Decide which condition is satisfied. SAS (side, angle, side): two sides and the angle between them (the included angle) are equal.The three equal parts make SAS.
- State the conclusion with its reason. In an exam, name the condition as your reason.The triangles are congruent (SAS).
Check. The angle 35° is between the 6 cm and the 9 cm sides in both triangles. ✓
Watch out. Say that the angle is between the equal sides.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. Similar shapes have corresponding sides in the same ratio. Find the scale factor from a pair of matching sides we know, then use it on the side we want.
- Match the corresponding sides. In similar shapes the sides that are in the same position match. Their lengths are in the same ratio, and that ratio is the scale factor.Known pair: 5 cm (small shape) and 10 cm (large shape).
The side we want is the one marked x. - Find the scale factor from the pair of sides we know. Scale factor = length in the large shape ÷ matching length in the small shape.10 cm ÷ 5 cm = 2
So the large shape is 2 times as big as the small shape. - Use the scale factor to find x. x is on the large shape and we know the matching side on the small shape. Going from small to large we multiply by the scale factor.x = 3 cm × 2 = 6 cm
- Write the answer with its unit. Lengths need a unit.x = 6 cm
Check. Ratio check: 6 cm ÷ 3 cm = 2, the same scale factor as before. ✓
Watch out. Make sure you pair the matching sides (same position in both shapes). Multiply when going from the small shape to the large one and divide when going from large to small.
Key words. Two shapes are similar if one is an enlargement of the other: same shape, different size. Corresponding sides are in the same position in both shapes. The scale factor is the number you multiply lengths by to go from one shape to the other.
Method. The flagpole and the ruler make similar triangles with the sun’s rays. Match shadow with shadow and height with height.
- Find the scale factor from the ruler to the flagpole. Scale factor = flagpole shadow ÷ ruler shadow.12 ÷ 0.8 = 15
- Find the height of the flagpole. Heights match each other. Multiply the ruler’s height by the scale factor.1 × 15 = 15 m
Check. 1 ÷ 0.8 = 1.25 and 15 ÷ 12 = 1.25. ✓
Watch out. Marks: 1 for a correct scale factor, 1 for using it, 1 for the answer with a unit.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 3
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 32 = 3 × 3 = 9
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.8 × 9 = 72 cm2
Check. Divide back: 72 ÷ 9 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the volumes are multiplied by k3.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 2
- Work out the volume scale factor. Volume has three lengths in it (length × width × height), so it is multiplied by k three times: k3.volume scale factor = 23 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8
- Multiply the original volume by the volume scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.12 × 8 = 96 cm3
Check. Divide back: 96 ÷ 8 = 12. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 2
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 22 = 2 × 2 = 4
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.20 × 4 = 80 cm2
Check. Divide back: 80 ÷ 4 = 20. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. A combination of transformations means doing one transformation and then another. A point that does not move is an invariant point.
Method. Carry out the transformations one at a time, in the order given, using the image of one as the object for the next. Then compare the final image with the original to find the single transformation that does the whole job.
- Do the first transformation: rotation of 90° clockwise about (0, 0). Rotate about (0, 0): write each point as a move from the centre, turn the move using (a, b) → (b, −a), then add the centre back on. Do this to every vertex of shape A.Shape B:
(1, 1): move from centre (1, 1) → turned (1, −1) → (1, −1)
(4, 1): move from centre (4, 1) → turned (1, −4) → (1, −4)
(1, 3): move from centre (1, 3) → turned (3, −1) → (3, −1) - Then do the second transformation: reflection in the line x = 0. Reflecting in a vertical line x = 0: the y-coordinate stays the same and the new x is 2 × 0 − x (the same distance on the other side of the line). Do this to every vertex of shape B.Shape C:
(1, −1) → (2 × 0 − 1, −1) = (−1, −1)
(1, −4) → (2 × 0 − 1, −4) = (−1, −4)
(3, −1) → (2 × 0 − 3, −1) = (−3, −1) - Plot the shapes. Joining the image points in order gives each new shape. The picture shows the whole journey.B (1, −1), (1, −4), (3, −1) then C (−1, −1), (−1, −4), (−3, −1)
- Decide which type of transformation it is. A reflection flips the shape over. All other transformations of this type keep the shape facing the same way.Compare a side: it is 3 long in A and 3 long in C.
The size is unchanged, but C is the mirror image of A: if you go round the corners in the same order, one shape is clockwise and the other is anticlockwise. So the transformation is a reflection. - Compare the coordinates of a vertex and its image. For the diagonal mirror lines y = x and y = −x the coordinates change in a special way.The coordinates have been swapped and both signs changed: (1, 1) became (−1, −1).
- Use the midpoint as a check. The mirror line must pass through the midpoint of a point and its image.Midpoint of (1, 1) and (−1, −1) = (0, 0), which lies on y = −x.
- Write the equation of the mirror line. A reflection that swaps x and y and changes both signs is a reflection in the line y = −x.Mirror line: y = −x
- Write the full description. We have found every piece of information needed for this transformation.Reflection in the line y = −x
Check. Reflect (4, 1) in y = −x and we get (−1, −4), which matches (−1, −4) in C. ✓
Watch out. A reflection needs the equation of the mirror line. Writing just “reflection” or “reflect in the x-axis” for a line like x = 3 is wrong.
Key words. An enlargement changes the size of a shape but not its shape. The scale factor says how many times bigger each length becomes. The centre of enlargement is the fixed point that distances are measured from.
Method. To enlarge a shape with scale factor −2 about C, multiply the distance from C to every vertex by −2, keeping the same line through C.
- Mark the centre of enlargement C. Every distance in an enlargement is measured from C. C itself does not move.C = (2, 2)
- Find the move from C to each vertex. We need to know how far each point is from C, across and up (or down).(3, 3): (1, 1) = 1 right, 1 up
(5, 3): (3, 1) = 3 right, 1 up
(3, 4): (1, 2) = 1 right, 2 up - Multiply each move by the scale factor −2. The scale factor is negative, so the image is on the opposite side of C (and turned upside down). Multiply each move by −2; the signs of both numbers flip as well as the size changing.(1, 1) × −2 = (−2, −2)
(3, 1) × −2 = (−6, −2)
(1, 2) × −2 = (−2, −4) - Add each new move to C to find the image vertex. The new moves are still measured from C.C + (−2, −2) = (0, 0)
C + (−6, −2) = (−4, 0)
C + (−2, −4) = (0, −2) - Plot the image points and join them to make shape B. The dashed lines from C pass through each vertex and its image: this is a quick way to check the picture.B has vertices at (0, 0), (−4, 0), (0, −2).
Check. Compare one side: it is 2 in A and 4 in B, and 2 × 2 = 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Measure from the centre of enlargement, not from the origin and not from the edge of the shape. A negative scale factor puts the image on the other side of the centre.
Method. Show that the triangles have equal angles, giving a reason for each pair.
- Angle at X. AC and BD are straight lines that cross at X.Angle AXB = angle CXD (vertically opposite angles are equal)
- Angle at A and C. AB is parallel to CD and AC crosses both lines.Angle XAB = angle XCD (alternate angles are equal)
- Conclude. Two pairs of angles are equal, so the third pair must be equal as well (angles in a triangle add up to 180°).The triangles are similar (equal angles).
Check. Alternate angles also give angle XBA = angle XDC, so all three pairs of angles are equal. ✓
Watch out. Marks: 1 for each correct pair of equal angles with a reason, 1 for the conclusion.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the areas are multiplied by k2.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 32
- Work out the area scale factor. Area has two lengths in it (length × width), so it is multiplied by k twice: k2.area scale factor = 322 = 32 × 32 = 94
- Multiply the original area by the area scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.60 × 94 = 135 cm2
Check. Divide back: 135 ÷ 94 = 60. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.
Key words. The length scale factor k says how many times longer every length becomes. The area scale factor is k2 and the volume scale factor is k3. These work only for similar shapes or solids.
Method. For similar shapes, if the lengths are multiplied by k, the volumes are multiplied by k3.
- Write down the length scale factor. It is the number that every length is multiplied by.k = 23
- Work out the volume scale factor. Volume has three lengths in it (length × width × height), so it is multiplied by k three times: k3.volume scale factor = 233 = 23 × 23 × 23 = 827
- Multiply the original volume by the volume scale factor. The new value is the old value multiplied by the scale factor.2700 × 827 = 800 ml
Check. Divide back: 800 ÷ 827 = 2700. ✓
Watch out. Do not multiply the area or volume by k. Area uses k2, volume uses k3.